EP1474401A2 - Novel aryl- and heteroarylpiperazines - Google Patents

Novel aryl- and heteroarylpiperazines

Info

Publication number
EP1474401A2
EP1474401A2 EP03701482A EP03701482A EP1474401A2 EP 1474401 A2 EP1474401 A2 EP 1474401A2 EP 03701482 A EP03701482 A EP 03701482A EP 03701482 A EP03701482 A EP 03701482A EP 1474401 A2 EP1474401 A2 EP 1474401A2
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
alkyl
compound according
aryl
compound
alkoxy
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Withdrawn
Application number
EP03701482A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Inventor
Rolf Hohlweg
Florencio Zaragoza DÖRWALD
Henrik Stephensen
Ingrid Pettersson
Bernd Peschke
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
vTv Therapeutics LLC
Original Assignee
Novo Nordisk AS
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Novo Nordisk AS filed Critical Novo Nordisk AS
Publication of EP1474401A2 publication Critical patent/EP1474401A2/en
Withdrawn legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/72—Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D213/74—Amino or imino radicals substituted by hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/16—Otologicals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04—Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08—Antiallergic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/78—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D213/81—Amides; Imides
    • C07D213/82—Amides; Imides in position 3
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D215/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
    • C07D215/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D215/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D215/38—Nitrogen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D237/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings
    • C07D237/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D237/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D237/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D237/20—Nitrogen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D241/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings
    • C07D241/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D241/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D241/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D241/24—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D241/26—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals with nitrogen atoms directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D241/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings
    • C07D241/36—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D241/38—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atoms
    • C07D241/40—Benzopyrazines
    • C07D241/44—Benzopyrazines with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D295/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms in addition to the ring hetero elements
    • C07D295/027—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms in addition to the ring hetero elements containing only one hetero ring
    • C07D295/03—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms in addition to the ring hetero elements containing only one hetero ring with the ring nitrogen atoms directly attached to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D295/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms in addition to the ring hetero elements
    • C07D295/027—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms in addition to the ring hetero elements containing only one hetero ring
    • C07D295/033—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms in addition to the ring hetero elements containing only one hetero ring with the ring nitrogen atoms directly attached to carbocyclic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D295/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms
    • C07D295/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by halogen atoms or nitro radicals
    • C07D295/073—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by halogen atoms or nitro radicals with the ring nitrogen atoms and the substituents separated by carbocyclic rings or by carbon chains interrupted by carbocyclic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D295/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms
    • C07D295/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly bound oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D295/084—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly bound oxygen or sulfur atoms with the ring nitrogen atoms and the oxygen or sulfur atoms attached to the same carbon chain, which is not interrupted by carbocyclic rings
    • C07D295/088—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly bound oxygen or sulfur atoms with the ring nitrogen atoms and the oxygen or sulfur atoms attached to the same carbon chain, which is not interrupted by carbocyclic rings to an acyclic saturated chain
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D295/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms
    • C07D295/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly bound oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D295/096—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly bound oxygen or sulfur atoms with the ring nitrogen atoms and the oxygen or sulfur atoms separated by carbocyclic rings or by carbon chains interrupted by carbocyclic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D295/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms
    • C07D295/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by doubly bound oxygen or sulphur atoms
    • C07D295/112—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by doubly bound oxygen or sulphur atoms with the ring nitrogen atoms and the doubly bound oxygen or sulfur atoms separated by carbocyclic rings or by carbon chains interrupted by carbocyclic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D491/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
    • C07D491/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D491/04—Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to novel aryl- and heteroarylpiperazines, to the use of these compounds as pharmaceutical compositions, to pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds, and to a method of treatment employing these compounds and compositions.
  • the present compounds show a high and selective binding affinity to the histamine H3 receptor indicating histamine H3 receptor antagonistic, inverse agonistic or agonistic activity. As a result, the compounds are useful for the treatment of diseases and disorders related to the histamine H3 receptor.
  • histamine H3 receptor The existence of the histamine H3 receptor has been known for several years and the receptor is of current interest for the development of new medicaments. Recently, the human histamine H3 receptor has been cloned.
  • the histamine H3 receptor is a presynaptic autorecep- tor located both in the central and the peripheral nervous system, the skin and in organs such as the lung, the intestine, probably the spleen and the gastrointestinal tract. Recent evidence suggests that the H3 receptor shows intrinsic, constitutive activity, in vitro as well as in vivo (ie it is active in the absence of an agonist. Compounds acting as inverse agonists can inhibit this activity.
  • the histamine H3 receptor has been demonstrated to regulate the release of histamine and also of other neurotransmitters such as serotonin and acetylcholine.
  • a his- tamine H3 receptor antagonist or inverse agonist would therefore be expected to increase the release of these neurotransmitters in the brain.
  • a histamine H3 receptor agonist leads to an inhibition of the biosynthesis of histamine and an inhibition of the release of histamine and also of other neurotransmitters such as serotonin and acetylcholine.
  • novel compounds which interact with the histamine H3 receptor would be a highly desirable contribution to the art.
  • the present invention provides such a contribution to the art being based on the finding that a novel class of aryl- and heteroarylpiperazines has a high and specific affinity to the histamine H3 receptor.
  • the present compounds are useful in the treatment of a wide range of conditions and disorders in which an interaction with the histamine H3 receptor is beneficial.
  • the compounds may find use eg in the treatment of diseases of the central nervous system, the peripheral nervous system, the cardiovascular system, the pulmonary system, the gastrointestinal system and the endocrinological system.
  • halogen means F, Cl, Br or I.
  • alkyl as used herein represents a saturated, branched or straight hydrocarbon group having the indicated number of carbon atoms.
  • C 1-3 -alkyl represents saturated, branched or straight hydrocarbon groups having from 1 to 3 carbon atoms, 1 to 8 carbon atoms and from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, respectively.
  • Typical alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, terf-butyl, pentyl, hexyl and the like.
  • alkenyl represents a branched or straight hydrocarbon group having the indicated number of carbon atoms and at least one double bond.
  • C 2-8 -alkenyl and C 2-10 -alkenyl represents a branched or straight hydrocar- bon group having from 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and from 2 to 10 carbon atoms respectively, and at least one double bond
  • groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, allyl, iso-propenyl, 1 ,3-butadienyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 1- pentenyl, 2-pentenyl, 1-hexenyl, 2-hexenyl, 1-heptenyl, 2-heptenyl, 1-octenyl, 2-octenyl, 2- nonenyl, 2-decenyl and the like.
  • alkynyl as used herein represents a branched or straight hydrocarbon group having the indicated number of carbon atoms and at least one triple bond.
  • C 2-8 -alkynyl as used herein represents a branched or straight hydrocarbon group having from 2 to 8 carbon atoms and at least one triple bond.
  • branched C ⁇ e-alkyl represents a saturated, branched hydrocarbon group having from 4 to 6 carbon atoms. Typical branched C .
  • 8 -alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, 1-methylpropyl, ferf-butyl, 1 -ethyl propyl, 1,1-(dimethyl)propyl, isopentyl 1- ethylbutyl, 1,1-(dimethyl)butyl, 1,1-(dimethyl)pentyl, 1-ethylpentyl, 1,1-(dimethyl)hexyl, 1- ethylhexyl and the like.
  • branched C . 6 -alkenyl represents a branched hydrocarbon group having from 4 to 6 carbon atoms and at least one double bond.
  • Typical branched C 4-6 -alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, 1-ethylprop-2-enyl, 1 ,1-(dimethyl)prop-2-enyl; 1- ethylbut-3-enyl, 1,1-(dimethyl)but-2-enyl, 1,1-(dimethyl)pent-3-enyl, 1-ethylpent-2-enyl, 1 ,1- (dimethyl)pent-3-enyl, 1,1-(dimethyl)hex-3-enyl, 1-ethylhex-4-enyl and the like.
  • branched C ⁇ e-alkynyl represents a branched hydrocarbon group having from 4 to 6 carbon atoms and at least one triple bond.
  • Typical branched C 4-6 -alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, 1-ethylprop-2-ynyl, 1,1-(dimethyl)prop-2-ynyl, 1- ethylbut-3-ynyl, 1,1-(dimethyl)but-2-ynyl, 1,1-(dimethyl)pent-3-ynyl, 1 -ethyl pent-2-ynyl, 1,1- (dimethyl)pent-3-ynyl, 1,1-(dimethyl)hex-3-ynyl, 1-ethylhex-4-ynyl and the like.
  • C 1-6 -alkoxy refers to the radical -O-C 1-6 -alkyl, wherein C 1-6 -alkyl is as defined above. Representative examples are methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, sec-butoxy, fetf-butoxy, pentoxy, isopentoxy, hexoxy, isohexoxy and the like.
  • C 1-6 -alkylamino refers to the radical -NH-C 1-6 -alkyl, wherein C 1-6 - alkyl is as defined above.
  • Representative examples are methylamino, ethylamino, isopro- pylamino, n-propylamino, butylamino, pentylamino, hexylamino and the like.
  • di-C 1-6 -alkylamino refers to the radical -N(C ⁇ -6 -alkyl) 2 , wherein C 1-6 - alkyl is as defined above. It should be understood that the C ⁇ -6 -alkyl groups may be the same or different. Representative examples are dimethylamino, methylethylamino, diethylamino, diisopropylamino, di-n-propylamino, dibutylamino, dipentylamino, dihexylamino and the like.
  • C 3-5 -cycloalkyl represents a monocyclic, carbocyclic group having from from 3 to 8 carbon atoms. Representative examples are cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and the like.
  • C 3-6 -cycloalkyl and “C 3-8 -cycloalkyl” as used herein represent monocyclic, carbocyclic groups having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms and from 3 to 8 carbon atoms, respectively.
  • C 3-7 -cycloalkenyl represents a monocyclic, carbocyclic, non- aromatic group having from 3 to 7 carbon atoms and at least one double bond. Representative examples are cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl and the like.
  • C 3- 6-cycloalkenyl represents a monocyclic, carbocyclic, non- • aromatic group having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms and at least one double bond.
  • C 3-6 -cycloalkyl-C ⁇ -3 -alkyl refers to the radical -C ⁇ -alkyl-Cs-e-cyclo- alkyl where C 3-6 -cycloalkyl and C 1-3 -alkyl are as defined above.
  • Cs-e-cycloalkenyl-C ⁇ -alkyl refers to the radical -C 1-3 -alkyl- C 3 . 6 -cycloalkenyl where C 3-6 -cycloalkenyl and C ⁇ . 3 -alkyl are as defined above.
  • C 3-8 -cycloalkyloxy refers to the radical -O-C 3-8 -cycloalkyl where C 3-8 -cycloalkyl is as defined above. Representative examples are cyclopropyloxy, cyclobuty- loxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, cycloheptyloxy, cyclooctyloxy and the like.
  • Representative examples are cyclopropylcarbonyl, cyclobutylcarbonyl, cyclopentylcarbonyl, cyclohexylcarbonyl, cycloheptylcarbonyl, cyclooctyl- carbonyl and the like.
  • Representative examples are methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, isopropylsulfonyl, n-propylsulfonyl, butylsulfonyl, pentylsulfonyl and the like.
  • C ⁇ . 6 -alkylsulfanyl refers to the radical -S-C 1-6 -alkyl, wherein C 1-6 - alkyl is as defined above. Representative examples are methylsulfanyl, ethylsulfanyl, isopro- pylsulfanyl, n-propylsulfanyl, butylsulfanyl, pentylsulfanyl and the like.
  • C 3 . 8 -heterocyclyl refers to a saturated 3 to 8 membered monocyc- lie ring containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur. Representative examples are aziridinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, tet- rahydrofuranyl and the like.
  • Representative exam- pies are aziridinylcarbonyl, pyrrolidinylcarbonyl, piperidinylcarbonyl, morpholinylcarbonyl,' piperazinylcarbonyl, tetrahydrofuranylcarbonyl and the like.
  • aryl as used herein is intended to include carbocyclic aromatic ring systems such as phenyl, biphenylyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, fluorenyl, indenyl, pentalenyl, azulenyl and the like.
  • Aryl is also intended to include the partially hydrogenated derivatives of the carbocyclic systems enumerated above. Non-limiting examples of such partially hydrogenated derivatives are 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl, 1 ,4-dihydronaphthyl and the like.
  • aryloxy refers to the radical -O-aryl, wherein aryl is as defined above.
  • Non-limiting examples are phenoxy, naphthoxy, anthracenyloxy, phenantrenyloxyi fluorenyloxy, indenyloxy and the like.
  • arylamino refers to the radical -NH-aryl, wherein aryl is as defined above. Non-limiting examples are phenylamino, naphthylamino, anthracenylamino, phe- • nantrenylamino, fluorenylamino, indenylamino and the like.
  • heteroaryl as used herein is intended to include heterocyclic aromatic ring systems containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur such as furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1 ,2,4-triazolyl, pyranyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, 1,2,3-triazinyl, 1,2,4-tri- azinyl, 1 ,3,5- triazinyl, 1 ,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadi- azolyl, 1 ,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1 ,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1, 1,
  • Heteroaryl is also intended to include the partially hydrogenated derivatives of the heterocyclic systems enumerated above.
  • partially hydrogenated derivatives are 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrazolinyl, indanyl, indolinyl, oxazolidinyl, oxazolinyl, oxazepinyl and the like.
  • heteroaryloxy refers to the radical -O-heteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl is as defined above.
  • heteroarylamino refers to the radical -NH-heteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl is as defined above.
  • Aryl-C 1-6 -alkyl means C-i-e-alkyl or C 1-6 -alkoxy as defined above, substituted by aryl as defined above, for example:
  • treatment means the management and care of a patient for the purpose of combating a disease, disorder or condition.
  • the term is intended to include the delaying of the progression of the disease, disorder or condition, the alleviation or relief of symptoms and complications, and/or the cure or elimination of the disease, disorder or condition.
  • the patient to be treated is preferably a mammal, in particular a human being.
  • the present invention relates to a compound of the general formula (I):
  • A represents
  • R 1 represents ethyl, n-propyl or isopropyl
  • A represents
  • R 2a , R 2b , R 3 , and R 4 independently represent
  • aryl, aryl-C 1-6 -alkyl ) aryl-C 1-6 -alkoxy or heteroaryl which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C 1-6 -alkoxy, C 1-6 -alkyl, amino, C 1-6 -alkylamino, di-C 1-6 -alkylamino, cyano, aryl, heteroaryl and C 3-8 -cycloalkyl,
  • aroyl, heteroaroyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylamino or heteroarylamino which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from aryl, heteroaryl, C 1-10 -alkyl, C 3 ⁇ -cycloalkyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C 1-6 -alkoxy, cyano, amino, C 1-6 -alkylamino, di-Ci-e-alkylamino and hydroxy,
  • R is branched C4-8-alkyl, C3-5-cycloalkyl or C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more halogen substituents.
  • R 1 is branched C4-8-alkyl, C3-5-cycloalkyl or C3-6-cycloalkyl- C1-3-alkyl.
  • R 1 is 1,1-(dimethyl)propyl, 1-ethylpropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclo- propyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or 1-cyclopropyl-1-methylethyl.
  • R 1 is 1-ethylpropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopropyl or cyclopentyl.
  • R 1 is branched C4-8-alkyl or C3-5-cycloalkyl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more halogen substituents.
  • R 1 is branched C4-8-alkyl or C3-5-cycloalkyl.
  • R 1 is 1-ethylpropyl, cyclopropyl or cyclopentyl.
  • R 1 is isopropyl
  • A is N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-phenyl
  • R , R R ⁇ and R 4 are as defined for formula (I).
  • A is N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-phenyl
  • R , R and R are as defined for formula (I).
  • A is N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-phenyl
  • R , R and R are as defined for formula (I).
  • A is N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-phenyl
  • R , R , R and R 4 are as defined for formula (I).
  • R 2a , R 2b , R 3 and R 4 are independently selected from
  • R 2a , R 2b , R 3 and R 4 are independently selected from
  • R 2a , R 2b and R 4 are hydrogen and R 3 is different from hydrogen.
  • R 3 is halogen, trifluoromethyl or trifluoromethoxy.
  • the invention relates to a compound of the general formula ( ):
  • A is as defined for formula (I) or in any one of the above embodiments.
  • the invention relates to a compound of the general formula (l 2 ):
  • R 2a , R 2b , R 3 and R 4 are as defined for formula (I).
  • the present invention relates to a compound of the general formula (I"):
  • R 1 represents
  • A represents
  • R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 independently represent • hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C 1-10 -alkyl, C 2- ⁇ o-alkenyl, C 3-8 -cycloalkyl, C 1-6 -alkoxy, aryl-C 1-6 -alkyl, amino, C 1-6 -alkylamino, di- C 1-6 -alkylamino, C 3-8 -cycloalkyloxy or cyano, or
  • aryl, aryl-C 1-6 -aikyl, aryl-C 1-6 -alkoxy or heteroaryl which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C ⁇ -6 -alkoxy, C ⁇ _ ⁇ -alkyl, amino, C 1-6 -alkylamino, di-C ⁇ -6 -alkylamino, cyano, aryl, heteroaryl and C 3-8 -cycloalkyl, or .
  • R 1 is branched C 4-8 -alkyl, C 3-5 -cycloalkyl or C 3-6 -cycloalkyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more halogen substituents.
  • R 1 is branched C 4-8 -alkyl, C 3-5 -cycloalkyl or C 3-6 -cycloalkyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, such as 1 ,1-(dimethyl)propyl, 1-ethylpropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl or cyclopentyl, eg 1-ethylpropyl, cyclopropylmethyl or cyclopentyl.
  • R 1 is branched C 4-8 -alkyl or C 3-5 -cycloalkyl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more halogen substituents, such as branched C 4-8 -alkyl or C 3-5 -cycloalkyl, eg 1-ethylpropyl or cyclopentyl.
  • R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are as defined for formula (I").
  • R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are as defined for formula (I").
  • R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are independently selected from
  • R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are independently selected from
  • R 2 and R 4 are both hydrogen and R 3 is different from hydrogen.
  • the invention relates to a compound of the general formula ( ):
  • the invention relates to a compound of the general formula (l 2 ):
  • the present invention relates to a compound of the general formula (I) as well as any diastereomer or enantiomer or tautomeric form thereof including mixtures of these or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use as a pharmaceutical composition.
  • the invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising, as an active ingredient, at least one compound of the formula (I) or any diastereomer or enantiomer or tautomeric form thereof including mixtures of these or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or diluents. Furthermore, the invention relates to the use of a compound of the general formula (I'):
  • R 1 represents
  • A represents
  • R 2a , R 2b , R 3 , and R 4 independently represent
  • R 4a and R 4b independently are hydrogen, C 1-6 -alkyl or aryl-
  • aryl, aryl-C 1-6 -alkyl, aryl-C 1-6 -alkoxy or heteroaryl which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C -6 -alkoxy, C 1-6 -alkyl, amino,
  • R 2 is hydrogen or C 1-4 -alkyl, (i) R 1 represents
  • R and R 2 together form a C . 6 -alkylene bridge
  • A represents
  • R 1 and R 2 together form a C 3-6 -alkylene bridge
  • A represents
  • R is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C 1-10 -alkyl, C 2-10 -alkenyl, C 3 . 8 -cycloalkyl, C 1-6 -alkoxy, aryl, aryl-C 1-6 -alkyl, amino, C 1-6 -alkylamino, di-C ⁇ -6 -alkylamino, C 3 . 8 -cycloalkyl, C 3-8 -cycloalkyloxy, cyano, nitro, C 1-6 -alkylsulfanyl, or C 1-6 -alkylsulfonyl,
  • R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 R 10 , R 1 , R 12 and R 13 independently represent
  • R 14 and R 5 are independently hydrogen, C 1-6 -alkyl, aryl-C 1-6 -alkyl or R 14 and R 15 may together form a C 3-6 -alkylene bridge
  • R 16 is independently selected from aryl, heteroaryl, C 3-8 -cycloalkyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, NR 19 R 20 and C 1-6 -alkoxy,
  • R 17 is independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C 1-6 - alkoxy, C ⁇ . ⁇ -alkyl, amino, C 1-6 -alkylsulfonyl, C 1-6 -alkylamino, di-C 1-6 -alkylamino, cyano, aryl, heteroaryl and C 3-8 -cycloalkyl,
  • R 18 is independently selected from aryl, heteroaryl, C 1-10 -alkyl, C 3-8 -cycloalkyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C 1-6 -alkoxy, cyano, amino, C 1-6 -alkylamino, di- C ⁇ -6 -alkylamino and hydroxy,
  • R 19 and R 20 are independently hydrogen or C ⁇ e-alky!, R 19 and R 20 may together form a C 3-6 alkylene-bridge
  • R 1 is branched C ⁇ -alkyl, C 3-5 -cycloalkyl or C 3-6 -cycloalkyl- C 1-3 -alkyl with the proviso that R 1 is not isobutyl.
  • R 1 is 1,1-(dimethyl)propyl, 1-ethylpropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or 1 -cyclopropyl-1 -methylethyl.
  • R 1 is 1-ethylpropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopropyl or cyclopentyl.
  • R 1 is branched C ⁇ -alkyl or C 3-5 -cycloalkyl with the proviso that R 1 is not isobutyl.
  • R 1 is 1-ethylpropyl, cyclopropyl or cyclopentyl.
  • R 2 is hydrogen
  • R 2 is C 1-4 -alkyl.
  • R 2 is methyl or ethyl.
  • R 3 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C-i.io-alkyl, C 1-6 -alkoxy, aryl, aryl-C 1-6 -alkyl, amino, C 3-8 -cycloalkyl, C 3-8 -cycloalkyloxy, cyano or nitro.
  • R 3 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, C 1-10 -alkyl, C- ⁇ . 6 -alkoxy, cyano or nitro.
  • R 3 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, C- ⁇ - 6 -alkyl, or cyano.
  • R 3 is hydrogen, halogen, or C 1-6 -alkyl.
  • R 3 is hydrogen or methyl.
  • R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , and R 9 independently represent
  • R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 in adjacent positions together form a C 1-6 -alkylene bridge or an - O-C 1-6 -alkylene-O- bridge.
  • R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , and R 9 independently represent
  • Aryl or aryl-Ci-e-alkyl which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R 17 ,
  • R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 in adjacent positions together form a C 1-6 -alkylene bridge or an - O-C 1-6 -alkylene-O- bridge.
  • R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , and R 9 independently represent • hydrogen, halogen, or cyano
  • R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 in adjacent positions together form a C 1-6 -alkylene bridge or an - O-d-e-alkylene-O- bridge.
  • R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , and R 9 independently represent
  • R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 in adjacent positions together form a C 1-6 -alkylene bridge or an - O-C 1-6 -alkylene-O- bridge.
  • R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , and R 9 independently represent
  • R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 in adjacent positions together form a C 1-6 -alkylene bridge or an - O-C 1-6 -alkylene-O- bridge.
  • R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , and R 9 independently represent
  • R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 in adjacent positions together form a C 1-6 -alkylene bridge or an - O-d- 6 -alkylene-O- bridge.
  • R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , and R 9 independently represent • hydrogen, halogen, or cyano
  • R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 in adjacent positions together form a C 1-6 -alkylene bridge or an - O-C 1-6 -alkylene-O- bridge.
  • R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , and R 9 independently represent • hydrogen, halogen, or cyano
  • R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 in adjacent positions together form a C -6 -alkylene bridge' or an - O-C 1-6 -alkylene-O- bridge.
  • R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , and R 9 independently represent
  • Aryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from R
  • Aroyl or -O-phenyl which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R 18 ,
  • R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 in adjacent positions together form a d -6 -alkylene bridge or an - O-C 1-6 -alkylene-O- bridge.
  • R 1 is ethyl or isopropyl.
  • R 1 is isopropyl
  • R 1 is ethyl
  • R 1 and R 2 together form a C 3- -alkylene bridge.
  • R 10 , R 11 , R 12 and R 13 independently represent
  • R 10 , R 11 , R 12 and R 13 in adjacent positions together form a C 1-6 -alkylene bridge.
  • R 10 , R 11 , R 12 and R 13 independently represent
  • R 10 , R 11 , R 12 and R 13 in adjacent positions together form a C 1-6 -alkylene bridge.
  • R 10 , R 11 , R 12 and R 13 independently represent
  • R 10 , R 11 , R 12 and R 13 in adjacent positions together form a d -6 -alkylene bridge.
  • R 10 , R 11 , R 12 and R 13 independently represent
  • R 10 , R 11 , R 12 and R 13 in adjacent positions together form a C 1-6 -alkylene bridge.
  • R 10 , R 11 , R 12 and R 13 independently represent
  • R 10 , R 11 , R 12 and R 13 in adjacent positions together form a C 1-6 -alkylene bridge.
  • R 10 , R 11 , R 12 and R 13 independently represent
  • R 10 , R 11 , R 12 and R 13 in adjacent positions together form a d -6 -alkylene bridge.
  • R 10 , R 11 , R 12 and R 13 independently represent
  • R 14 and R 15 are independently methyl, ethyl or benzyl.
  • R 16 is halogen, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy and C 1-6 - alkoxy.
  • R 17 is halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, d -6 -alkoxy, d. 6 -alkyl, C -6 -alkylsulfonyl, or cyano.
  • R 17 is halogen, trifluoromethyl, C 1-6 -aIkoxy or C 1-6 - alkylsulfonyl.
  • R 18 is C 1-10 -alkyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, C 1-6 -alkoxy, cyano, amino and hydroxy.
  • R 18 is halogen, C 1-6 -alkoxy and hydroxy.
  • the invention provides the use of a compound according to formula (II) or (III) as a pharmaceutical composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may in another aspect of the invention comprise, as an active ingredient, at least one compound according to formula (II) or (III) together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipi- ents.
  • the invention provides such a pharmaceutical composition in unit dosage form, comprising from about 0.05 mg to about 1000 mg, preferably from about 0.1 mg to about 500 mg and especially preferred from about 0.5 mg to about 200 mg of the compound according to formula (II) or (III)
  • R 2 is hydrogen or C 1-4 -alkyl
  • R 1 represents
  • A represents
  • R 3 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, d. 10 -alkyl, C 2-10 -alkenyl, C 3-8 -cycloalkyl, C 1-6 -alkoxy, aryl, aryl-d-e-alkyl, amino, C 1-6 -alkylamino, di-d. 6 -alkylamino, C 3-8 -cycloalkyl, C 3-8 -cycloalkyloxy, cyano, nitro, C 1-6 -alkylsulfanyl, or C 1-6 -alkylsulfonyl,
  • R 14 and R 15 are independently hydrogen, C -6 -alkyl, aryl-C 1-6 -alkyl or R 14 and R 15 may together form a C 3-6 -alkylene bridge
  • R 16 is independently selected from aryl, heteroaryl, C 3-8 -cycloalkyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, NR 19 R 20 and d-e-alkoxy,
  • R 17 is independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C 1-6 - alkoxy, C 1-6 -alkyI, amino, C 1-6 -alkylsulfonyl, C 1-6 -alkylamino, di-C 1-6 -alkylamino, cyano, aryl, heteroaryl and C 3-8 -cycloalkyl,
  • R 18 is independently selected from aryl, heteroaryl, d. 10 -alkyl, C 3-8 -cycloalkyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C 1-6 -alkoxy, cyano, amino, C 1-6 -alkylamino, di- C 1-6 -alkylamino and hydroxy,
  • R 19 and R 20 are independently hydrogen or C 1-6 -alkyl, R 19 and R 20 may together form a C 3 . 6 -alkylene bridge, as well as any diastereomer or enantiomer or tautomeric form thereof including mixtures of these or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of disorders and diseases related to the histamine H3 receptor.
  • the invention provides the use of a compound of the general formula (IT) as defined above for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of diseases and disorders in which an inhibition of the H3 histamine receptor has a beneficial effect.
  • the invention provides the use of a compound of the general formula (IT) as defined above for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition having histamine H3 antagonistic activity or histamine H3 inverse agonistic activity.
  • the invention provides the use of a compound of the general formula (IT) as defined above for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the reduction of weight.
  • the invention provides the use of a compound of the general formula (IT) as defined above for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of overweight or obesity.
  • the invention provides the use of a compound of the general formula (IT) as defined above for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the suppression of appetite or for satiety induction.
  • the invention provides the use of a compound of the general formula (IT) as defined above for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the prevention and/or treatment of disorders and diseases related to overweight or obesity.
  • the invention provides the use of a compound of the general formula (IT) as defined above for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the prevention and/or treatment of eating disorders such as bulimia and binge eating.
  • the invention provides the use of a compound of the general formula (II') as defined above for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of IGT.
  • the invention provides the use of a compound of the general formula (IT) as defined above for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of type 2 diabetes.
  • the invention provides the use of a compound of the general formula .(II') as defined above for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the delaying or prevention of the progression from IGT to type 2 diabetes.
  • the invention provides the use of a compound of the general formula (II') as defined above for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the delaying or pre- vention of the progression from non-insulin requiring type 2 diabetes to insulin requiring type 2 diabetes.
  • the invention provides the use of a compound of the general formula (IT) as defined above for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of diseases and disorders in which a stimulation of the H3 histamine receptor has a beneficial effect.
  • the invention provides the use of a compound of the general formula (IT) as defined above for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition having histamine H3 agonistic activity.
  • the invention provides the use of a compound of the general formula (IT) as defined above for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of allergic rhinitis, ulcer or anorexia.
  • the invention provides the use of a compound of the general formula (II') as defined above for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease, narcolepsy or attention deficit disorders.
  • the invention provides a method for the treatment of disorders or diseases related to the H3 histamine receptor the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of the general formula (II') as defined above or a pharmaceutical composition comprising such a compound.
  • the invention provides a method for the treatment of disorders or diseases related to the H3 histamine receptor wherein the effective amount of the compound of the general formula (IT) as defined above is in the range of from about 0.05 mg to about 2000 mg, preferably from about 0.1 mg to about 1000 mg and especially preferred from about 0.5 mg to about 500 mg per day.
  • the invention relates to a method for the treatment of diseases and disorders related to the histamine H3 receptor the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of the formula (I) or any diastereomer or enantiomer or tautomeric form thereof including mixtures of these or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a pharmaceutical composition comprising the same.
  • the invention relates to compounds with histamine H3 receptor antagonistic i activity or inverse agonistic activity which may accordingly be useful in the treatment of a wide range of conditions and disorders in which histamine H3 receptor blockade is beneficial.
  • the invention relates to compounds with histamine H3 receptor agonistic activity and which may accordingly be useful in the treatment of a wide range of conditions and disorders in which histamine H3 receptor activation is beneficial.
  • the present compounds are used for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the reduction of weight.
  • the present compounds are used for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of overweight or obesity.
  • the present compounds are used for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the suppression of appetite or satiety induction.
  • the present compounds are used for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the prevention and/or treatment of disorders and diseases related to overweight or obesity such as atherosclerosis, hypertension, IGT (impaired glucose tolerance), diabetes, especially type 2 diabetes (NIDDM (non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus)), dyslipidaemia, coronary heart disease, gallbladder disease, os- teoarthritis and various types of cancer such as endometrial, breast, prostate and colon cancers.
  • disorders and diseases related to overweight or obesity such as atherosclerosis, hypertension, IGT (impaired glucose tolerance), diabetes, especially type 2 diabetes (NIDDM (non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus)), dyslipidaemia, coronary heart disease, gallbladder disease, os- teoarthritis and various types of cancer such as endometrial, breast, prostate and colon cancers.
  • the present compounds are used for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the prevention and/or treatment of eating disorders such as bulimia and binge eating.
  • the present compounds are used for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of IGT.
  • the present compounds are used for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of type 2 diabetes.
  • Such treatment includes inter alia treatment for the purpose of delaying or prevention of the progression from IGT to type 2 diabetes as well as delaying or prevention of the progression from non-insulin requiring type 2 diabetes to insulin requiring type 2 diabetes.
  • the compounds of the present invention may also be used for the treatment of airway disorders such as asthma, as anti-diarrhoeals and for the modulation of gastric acid secretion.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be used for the treatment of diseases associated with the regulation of sleep and wakefulness and for the treatment of narcolepsy and attention deficit disorders.
  • the compounds of the invention may be used as CNS stimulants or as sedatives.
  • the present compounds may also be used for the treatment of conditions associated with epilepsy.
  • the present compounds may be used for the treatment of motion sickness and vertigo.
  • they may be useful as regulators of hypothalamo- hypophyseal secretion, antidepressants, modulators of cerebral circulation, and in the treatment of irritable bowel syndrome.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be used for the treatment of dementia and Alzheimer's disease.
  • the compounds of the present invention may also be useful for the treatment of allergic rhinitis, ulcer or anorexia.
  • the compounds of the present invention may furthermore be useful for the treatment of migraine, see McLeod et al., The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics 287 (1998), 43-50, and for the treatment of myocardial infarction, see Mackins et al., Expert Opinion on Investigational Drugs 9 (2000), 2537-2542.
  • treatment of a patient with the present compounds is combined with diet and/or exercise.
  • the present compounds are administered in combination with one or more further active substances in any suitable ratio(s).
  • Such further active agents may be selected from antiobesity agents, antidiabetics, antidyslipidemic agents, antihyper- tensive agents, agents for the treatment of complications resulting from or associated with diabetes and agents for the treatment of complications and disorders resulting from or associated with obesity.
  • the present compounds are administered in combination with one or more antiobesity agents or appetite regulating agents.
  • Such agents may be selected from the group consisting of CART (cocaine amphetamine regulated transcript) agonists, NPY (neuropeptide Y) antagonists, MC4 (melanocortin 4) agonists, MC3 (melanocortin 3) agonists, orexin antagonists, TNF (tumor necrosis factor) agonists, CRF (corticotropin releasing factor) agonists, CRF BP (corticotropin releasing factor binding protein) antagonists, urocortin agonists, ⁇ 3 adrenergic agonists such as CL- 316243, AJ-9677, GW-0604, LY362884, LY377267 or AZ-40140, MSH (melanocyte- stimulating hormone) agonists, MCH (melanocyte-concentrating hormone) antagonists, CCK (cholecystokinin) agonists, serotonin re-uptake inhibitors such as fluoxetine, seroxat or cita
  • the antiobesity agent is leptin. In another embodiment the antiobesity agent is dexamphetamine or amphetamine. In another embodiment the antiobesity agent is fenfluramine or dexfenfluramine. In still another embodiment the antiobesity agent is sibutramine. In a further embodiment the antiobesity agent is orlistat. In another embodiment the antiobesity agent is mazindol or phentermine. In still another embodiment the antiobesity agent is phendimetrazine, diethylpropion, fluoxet- ine, bupropion, topiramate or ecopipam.
  • the present compounds are administered in combination with one or more antidiabetic agents.
  • antidiabetic agents include insulin, insulin analogues and derivatives such as those disclosed in EP 0792290 (Novo Nordisk A/S), eg N ⁇ B29 -tetradecanoyl des (B30) human insu- lin, EP 0 214826 and EP 0705275 (Novo Nordisk A/S), eg Asp 828 human insulin, US 5,504,188 (Eli Lilly), eg Lys 828 Pro 629 human insulin, EP 0368 187 (Aventis), eg Lantus®, which are all incorporated herein by reference, GLP-1 derivatives such as those disclosed in WO 98/08871 (Novo Nordisk A S), which is incorporated herein by reference, as well as ⁇ orally active hypoglycaemic agents.
  • the orally active hypoglycaemic agents preferably comprise imidazolines, sulfonylureas, biguanides, meglitinides, oxadiazolidinediones, thiazolidinediones, insulin sensitizers, ⁇ - glucosidase inhibitors, agents acting on the ATP-dependent potassium channel of the ⁇ -cells eg potassium channel openers such as those disclosed in WO 97/26265, WO 99/03861 and WO 00/37474 (Novo Nordisk A/S) which are incorporated herein by reference, or mitiglinide, or a potassium channel blocker, such as BTS-67582, nateglinide, glucagon antagonists such as those disclosed in WO 99/01423 and WO 00/39088 (Novo Nordisk A/S and Agouron Pharmaceuticals, Inc.), which are incorporated herein by reference, GLP-1 agonists such as those disclosed in WO 00/42026 (Novo
  • the present compounds are administered in combination with insulin or an insulin analogue or derivative, such as N ⁇ B29 -tetradecanoyl des (B30) human insulin, Asp 828 human insulin, Lys 828 Pro 829 human insulin, Lantus®, or a mix- preparation comprising one or more of these.
  • the present compounds are administered in combination with a sulfonylurea eg tolbutamide, chlorpropamide, tolazamide, glibenclamide, glipizide, glimepiride, glicazide or glyburide.
  • the present compounds are administered in combination with a biguanide eg metformin. In yet another embodiment of the invention the present compounds are administered in combination with a meglitinide eg repaglinide or nateglinide.
  • the present compounds are administered in combination with a thiazolidinedione insulin sensitizer eg troglitazone, ciglitazone, pioglita- zone, rosiglitazone, isaglitazone, darglitazone, englitazone, CS-011/CI-1037 or T 174 or the compounds disclosed in WO 97/41097, WO 97/41119, WO 97/41120, WO 00/41121 and WO 98/45292 (Dr. Reddy's Research Foundation), which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • a thiazolidinedione insulin sensitizer eg troglitazone, ciglitazone, pioglita- zone, rosiglitazone, isaglitazone, darglitazone, englitazone, CS-011/CI-1037 or T 174 or the compounds disclosed in WO 97/41097, WO 97/41119, WO 97/41
  • the present compounds may be administered in combination with an insulin sensitizer eg such as Gl 262570, YM-440, MCC-555, JTT-501, AR-H039242, KRP-297, GW-409544, CRE-16336, AR-H049020, LY510929, MBX-102, CLX- 0940, GW-501516 or the compounds disclosed in WO 99/19313, WO 00/50414, WO 00/63191, WO 00/63192, WO 00/63193 (Dr.
  • an insulin sensitizer eg such as Gl 262570, YM-440, MCC-555, JTT-501, AR-H039242, KRP-297, GW-409544, CRE-16336, AR-H049020, LY510929, MBX-102, CLX- 0940, GW-501516 or the compounds disclosed in WO 99/19313, WO 00/50414, WO 00/63191,
  • the present compounds are administered in combination with an ⁇ -glucosidase inhibitor eg voglibose, emiglitate, miglitol or acarbose.
  • an agent acting on the ATP-dependent potassium channel of the ⁇ -cells eg tolbu- tamide, glibenclamide, glipizide, glicazide, BTS-67582 or repaglinide.
  • the present compounds may be administered in combination with nateglinide.
  • the present compounds are administered in combination with an antihyperlipidemic agent or antilipidemic agent, eg cholestyramine, colestipol, clofibrate, gemfibrozil, lovastatin, pravastatin, simvastatin, probucol or dextrothyroxine.
  • an antihyperlipidemic agent or antilipidemic agent eg cholestyramine, colestipol, clofibrate, gemfibrozil, lovastatin, pravastatin, simvastatin, probucol or dextrothyroxine.
  • the present compounds are administered in combination with an antilipidemic agent eg cholestyramine, colestipol, clofibrate, gemfibrozil, lovastatin, pravastatin, simvastatin, probucol or dextrothyroxine.
  • an antilipidemic agent eg cholestyramine, colestipol, clofibrate, gemfibrozil, lovastatin, pravastatin, simvastatin, probucol or dextrothyroxine.
  • the present compounds are administered in combination with more than one of the above-mentioned compounds eg in combination with metformin and a sulfonylurea such as glyburide; a sulfonylurea and acarbose; nateglinide and metformin; acarbose and metformin; a sulfonylurea, metformin and troglitazone; insulin and a sulfonylurea; insulin and metformin; insulin, metformin and a sulfonylurea; insulin and troglitazone; insulin and lovastatin; etc.
  • a sulfonylurea such as glyburide
  • a sulfonylurea and acarbose such as glyburide
  • a sulfonylurea and acarbose such as glyburide
  • the present compounds may be administered in combination with one or more antihypertensive agents.
  • antihypertensive agents are ⁇ -blockers such as alpre- nolol, atenolol, timolol, pindolol, propranolol and metoprolol, ACE (angiotensin converting enzyme) inhibitors such as benazepril, captopril, enalapril, fosinopril, lisinopril, quinapril and ramipril, calcium channel blockers such as nifedipine, felodipine, nicardipine, isradipine, ni- modipine, diltiazem and verapamil, and ⁇ -blockers such as doxazosin, urapidil, prazosin and terazosin.
  • ⁇ -blockers such as alpre- nolol, atenolol, timolol
  • the compounds of the present invention may be chiral, and it is intended that any enanti- omers, as separated, pure or partially purified enantiomers or racemic mixtures thereof are included within the scope of the invention. Furthermore, when a double bond or a fully or partially saturated ring system or more than one center of asymmetry or a bond with restricted rotatability is present in the molecule di- astereomers may be formed. It is intended that any diastereomers, as separated, pure or partially purified diastereomers or mixtures thereof are included within the scope of the inven- , tion. Furthermore, some of the compounds of the present invention may exist in different tauto- , meric forms and it is intended that any tautomeric forms, which the compounds are able to form, are included within the scope of the present invention.
  • the present invention also encompasses pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present compounds.
  • Such salts include pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts, pharma- ceutically acceptable metal salts, ammonium and alkylated ammonium salts.
  • Acid addition saltsjn clude salts of inorganic acids as well as organic acids. Representative examples of j. suitable inorganic acids include hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, phosphoric, sulfuric, nitric acids and the like.
  • suitable organic acids include formic, , acetic, trichloroacetic, trifluoroacetic, propionic, benzoic, cinnamic, citric, fumaric, glycolic, probably lactic, maleic, malic, malonic, mandelic, oxalic, picric, pyruvic, salicylic, succinic, methane- sulfonic, ethanesulfonic, tartaric, ascorbic, pamoic, bismethylene salicylic, ethanedisulfonic, gluconic, citraconic, aspartic, stearic, palmitic, EDTA, glycolic, p-aminobenzoic, glutamic, benzenesulfonic, p-toluenesulfonic acids and the like.
  • compositions include the pharmaceutically acceptable salts listed in J. Pharm. Sci. 1977, 66, 2, which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • Exam- . pies of metal salts include lithium, sodium, potassium, magnesium salts and the like.
  • ammonium and alkylated ammonium salts include ammonium, methylammonium, di- methylammonium, trimethylammonium, ethylammonium, hydroxyethylammonium, diethyl- ammonium, butylammonium, tetramethylammonium salts and the like.
  • Also intended as pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts are the hydrates, which the present compounds are able to form.
  • the acid addition salts may be obtained as the direct products of compound synthesis.
  • the free base may be dissolved in a suitable solvent containing the appropriate acid, and the salt isolated by evaporating the solvent or otherwise separating the salt and solvent.
  • the compounds of the present invention may form solvates with standard low molecular weight solvents using methods well known to the person skilled in the art. Such solvates are also contemplated as being within the scope of the present invention.
  • the invention also encompasses prodrugs of the present compounds, which on administration undergo chemical conversion by metabolic processes before becoming active pharmacological substances. In general, such prodrugs will be functional derivatives of the present . compounds, which are readily convertible in vivo into the required compound of the formula (I). Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of suitable prodrug derivatives are described, for example, in "Design of Prodrugs", ed. H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985.
  • the invention also encompasses active metabolites of the present compounds.
  • the compounds of the present invention interact with the histamine H3 receptor and are accordingly useful for the treatment of a wide variety of conditions and disorders in which histamine H3 receptor interactions are beneficial.
  • the compounds of the invention may be administered alone or in combination with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients, in either single or multiple doses.
  • the pharma- ; ceutical compositions according to the invention may be formulated with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or diluents as well as any other known adjuvants and excipients in accor- dance with conventional techniques such as those disclosed in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 19 th Edition, Gennaro, Ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA, 1995.
  • compositions may be specifically formulated for administration by any suitable route such as the oral, rectal, nasal, pulmonary, topical (including buccal and sublin- gual), transdermal, intracisternal, intraperitoneal, vaginal and parenteral (including subcuta- neous, intramuscular, intrathecal, intravenous and intradermal) route, the oral route being preferred. It will be appreciated that the preferred route will depend on the general condition , ⁇ and age of the subject to be treated, the nature of the condition to be treated and the active ingredient chosen.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions for oral administration include solid dosage forms such as capsules, tablets, dragees, pills, lozenges, powders and granules. Where appropriate, they can be prepared with coatings such as enteric coatings or they can be formulated so as to provide controlled release of the active ingredient such as sustained or prolonged release ac- cording to methods well known in the art.
  • Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include solutions, emulsions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs.
  • compositions for parenteral administration include sterile aqueous and non- aqueous injectable solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions as well as sterile pow- ders to be reconstituted in sterile injectable solutions or dispersions prior to use. Depot injectable formulations are also contemplated as being within the scope of the present invention.
  • a typical oral dosage is in the range of from about 0.001 to about 100 mg/kg body weight per day, preferably from about 0.01 to about 50 mg/kg body weight per day, and more preferred from about 0.05 to about 10 mg/kg body weight per day administered in one or more dosages such as 1 to 3 dosages.
  • the exact dosage will depend upon the frequency and mode of administration, the sex, age, weight and general condition of the subject treated, the nature and severity of the condition treated and any concomitant diseases to be treated and other factors evident to those skilled in the art.
  • a typical unit dosage form for oral administration one or more times per day such as 1 to 3 times per day may contain of from 0.05 to about 1000 mg, preferably from about 0.1 to about 500 mg, and more preferred from about 0.5 mg to about 200 mg.
  • parenteral routes such as intravenous, intrathecal, intramuscular and similar administration
  • typically doses are in the order of about half the dose employed for oral administration.
  • the compounds of this invention are generally utilized as the free substance or as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • One example is an acid addition salt of a compound having the utility of a free base.
  • salts are prepared in a conventional manner by treating a solution or suspension of a free base of the formula (I) with a chemical equivalent of a pharmaceutically acceptable acid, for example, inorganic and organic acids.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable acid for example, inorganic and organic acids.
  • Physiologically acceptable salts of a compound with a hydroxy group include the anion of said compound in combination with a suitable cation such as sodium or ammonium ion.
  • solutions of the novel compounds of the formula (I) in sterile aqueous solution, aqueous propylene glycol or sesame or peanut oil may be employed.
  • aqueous solutions should be suitable buffered if necessary and the liquid diluent first rendered isotonic with sufficient saline or glucose.
  • the aqueous solutions are particularly suit- able for intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous and intraperitoneal administration.
  • the sterile aqueous media employed are all readily available by standard techniques known to those skilled in the art.
  • Suitable pharmaceutical carriers include inert solid diluents or fillers, sterile aqueous solution and various organic solvents.
  • solid carriers are lactose, terra alba, sucrose, cyclodextrin, talc, gelatine, agar, pectin, acacia, magnesium stearate, stearic acid or lower alkyl ethers of cellulose.
  • liquid carriers are syrup, peanut oil, olive oil, phosphol- ipids, fatty acids, fatty acid amines, polyoxyethylene or water.
  • the carrier or diluent may include any sustained release material known in the art, such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate, alone or mixed with a wax.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions formed by combining the novel compounds of the formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are then readily administered in a variety of dosage forms suitable for the disclosed routes of administration.
  • the formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form by methods known in the art of pharmacy.
  • Formulations of the present invention suitable for oral administration may be presented as discrete units such as capsules or tablets, each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient, and which may include a suitable excipient.
  • formulations may be in the form of powder or granules, as a solution or suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid, or as an oil-in-water or water-in-oil liquid emulsion.
  • a solid carrier is used for oral administration, the preparation may be tabletted; placed in a hard gelatine capsule in powder or pellet form or it can be in the form of a troche or lozenge.
  • the amount of solid carrier will vary widely but will usually be from about 25 mg to about 1 g.
  • the preparation may be in the form of a syrup, emulsion, soft gelatine capsule or sterile injectable liquid such as an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid suspension or solution.
  • a typical tablet which may be prepared by conventional tabletting techniques, may contain: Core:
  • Active compound (as free compound or salt thereof) 5.0 mg
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the invention may comprise the compound of the formula (I) in combination with further pharmacologically active substances such as those described in the foregoing.
  • DIPEA diisopropylethylamine
  • DMSO dimethyl sulphoxide
  • -CH(R 20 R 21 ) represents ethyl, isopropyl, branched C 4-6 -alkyl, branched O ⁇ e-alkenyl, branched C ⁇ -alkynyl, C 3-5 -cycloalkyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkenyl, C 3-6 -cycloaIkyl-C 1-3 -alkyl or C 3-6 - cycloalkenyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more halogen substituents.
  • the residue may be converted into an appropriate salt, such as the hydrochloride salt by co-evaporation with an acid, such as 1 molar aqueous hydrochloric acid, ethanol and toluene, and the residue is then purified by recrystallization.
  • an appropriate salt such as the hydrochloride salt by co-evaporation with an acid, such as 1 molar aqueous hydrochloric acid, ethanol and toluene
  • a mixture of a monosubstituted piperazine (2.00 mmol), DMSO (1.0 ml), a suitable aryl or heteroaryl halide (2.00 mmol), and a base such as DIPEA (0.20 ml) is stirred for one hour at 100 °C and then for 18 hours at 120 °C.
  • Water and potassium carbonate are added and the mixture is extracted with a solvent such as ethyl acetate (3 x 20 ml). Isolation and purification are done as in General Procedure (A).
  • Non-commercially available substituted 2-chloroquinolines were prepared as described in the literature: F. Effenberger, W. Hartmann, Chemische Berichte 1969, 102, 3260-3267.
  • the compounds of the general formula (I) may be prepared by the general procedure (C):
  • a compound of formula I may be prepared from a suitable monosubstituted piperazine and a suitable aryl bromide in the presence of a suitable catalyst such as e. g. tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium in a suitable solvent such as toluene at a suitable temperature between 0°C and 150°C.
  • a suitable catalyst such as e. g. tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium in a suitable solvent such as toluene at a suitable temperature between 0°C and 150°C.
  • This compound was prepared as described in Example 1, starting from 1-(4-acetylphenyl)- piperazine.
  • This compound was prepared as described in Example 1, starting from 1-(3,4-dichloro- phenyl)piperazine and 3-pentanone.
  • This compound was prepared as described in Example 6, starting from 4-fluorophenyl-(2- chlorophenyl)ketone.
  • This compound was prepared as described in Example 6, starting from 4,4'-difluorobenzo- phenone.
  • This compound was prepared as described in Example 1, starting from 1-(5-trifluoromethyl- pyridin-2-yl)piperazine.
  • This compound was prepared as described in Example 1, starting from 1-(3-trifluoromethyl- pyridin-2-yl)piperazine.
  • This compound was prepared as described in Example 6, starting from 4'-fluoro-3,4- dimethoxybenzophenone.
  • This compound was prepared as described in Example 6, starting from 3,4,5-trifluorobenzo- phenone.
  • This compound was prepared as Example 6, starting from 2-chloroquinoxaline and using propionitrile as solvent.
  • This compound was prepared from 2-chloro-6-fluoro-4-methylquinoline, which was prepared by acetoacetylation of 4-fluoroaniline, followed by acid-mediated ring-closure and conversion of the resulting carbostyryl into the chloroquinoline by treatment with phosphorus oxychlo- ride.
  • This compound was prepared according to General Procedure (B), starting from 1- isopropylpiperazine and 3-chloro-6-phenylpyridazine, prepared as described in J. Heterocycl. Chem., 15, 881 (1978).
  • This compound was prepared according to General Procedure (B), starting from 1- cyclopentylpiperazine and 3-chloro-6-(4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-pyridazine, prepared as described in J. Heterocycl. Chem., 15, 881 (1978).
  • This compound was prepared according to General Procedure (B), starting from 1- cyclopentylpiperazine and 3-chloro-6-(4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-pyridazine, prepared as described in J. Heterocycl. Chem., 15, 881 (1978).
  • This compound was prepared according to General Procedure (B), starting from 1- isopropylpiperazine and 3-chloro-6-(4-methanesulfonyI-phenyl)-pyridazine, prepared as de- scribed in J. Heterocycl. Chem., 15, 881 (1978).
  • This compound was prepared according to General Procedure (B), starting from 1- cyclopentylpiperazine and 6-chloro-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-pyridazine, prepared as described in J. Heterocycl. Chem., 15, 881 (1978).
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1 -isopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-7-fluoro-6-methylquinoline.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1 -isopropylpiperazine and 2,7-dichloroquinoline.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1 -isopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-6-fluoroquinoline.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-7-fluoro-6-methylquinoline.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-7-fluoro-6-methoxyquinoline.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1 -isopropylpiperazine - and 2 ; 6-dichloroquinoline.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1 -isopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-6-isopropylquinoline.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 2-chloroquinoline.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-6,7-dimethoxyquinoline.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1 -isopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-6,7-dimethoxyquinoline.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-7-fluoroquinoline.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-6,8-difluoroquinoline.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-6-fluoroquinoline.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from (9a-R)- octahydropyrido[1 ,2-a]pyrazine and 2-chloroquinoline.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from (9a-R)- octahydropyrido[1 ,2-a]pyrazine and 2,6-dichloroquinoline.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from (9a-R)- octahydropyrido[1 ,2-a]pyrazine and 2-chloro-6-propylquinoline.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1 -isopropylpiperazine and 2-chloroquinoxaline.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 4-fluorobenzophenone.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 3,4,5-trifluorobenzophenone.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1 -isopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-5,6,7-trimethoxyquinoline.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 2-chIoro-5,6,7-trimethoxyquinoline.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 2,7-dichloro-6-methoxyquinoline.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 2,5,7-trichloroquinoline.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 3-chloro-6-(4-trifluorornethylphenyl)pyridazine.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 6-chloro[1 ,3]dioxolo[4,5-g]quinoline.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-6-cyclohexylquinoline.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1 -isopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-6-cyclohexylquinoline.
  • This anilide (2.1 g, 10.0 mmol) was mixed with DMF (1.1 ml, 15 mmol), and to this mixture POCI 3 (6.5 ml, 70 mmol) was dropwise added at room temperature. When the addition is fin- ished the mixture is stirred at 75 oC for 2 h. The mixture was poured into ice-water (100 ml), stirred for 30 min, and filtered. The solid was stripped with toluene and acetonitrile, to yield 1.60 g (67%) of 2-chloro-6,7-dimethoxy-3-methylquinoline as a solid. This product was treated with 1-cyclopropylpiperazine as described in General Procedure (B) to yield the title compound.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) by reaction of 1- isopropylpiperazine with 3,4,5-trifluorobenzoic acid piperidide. This reaction yielded two products, namely the current example and example 121.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from (9a-f?)- octahydropyrido[1 ,2-a]pyrazine and 2-chloro-6,7-dimethoxyquinoline.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinoline.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 5,6-dichloronicotinic acid piperidide.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 6-chloronicotinic acid piperidide.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) by reaction of 1- isopropylpiperazine with 3,4,5-trifluorobenzoic acid piperidide. This reaction yielded two products, namely the current example and example 115
  • This compound was prepared by reductive cyclopropylation of 6,7-dimethoxy-2-(3- methylpiperazin-1-yl)quinoline as described by Gillaspy, M. L.; Lefker, B. A.; Hada, W. A.; and Hoover, D. J. in Tetrahedron Lett. 1995, 36 (41), 7399-7402.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 6-chloronicotinic acid pyrrolidide.
  • This product (58.8 g; 218 mmol) was mixed with ice-cold concentrated sulfuric acid (390 ml) and the mixture was stirred first at 0 oC for 15 min (until almost all acrylamide had dissolved) and then at room temperature for 4 h. The mixture was then poured into ice water (3 I) and allowed to stand overnight. The mixture was filtered, and the solid was washed with water. The solid was transferred into a flask with the aid of acetonitrile, ethanol, and dichloromethane, and the suspension was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was resuspended in acetonitrile (300 ml), heated to reflux, and allowed to stand at room tempera- ture overnight. Filtration and drying of the solid under reduced pressure yielded 31.3 g (64%) of 6-bromo-2-quinolone as a yellow solid.
  • This quinolone (6.28 g, 28.0 mmol) was mixed with copper(l) cyanide (5.02 g, 56.1 mmol) and NMP (15 ml), and the mixture was stirred under reflux (202 oC) for 6 h, and then at room temperature overnight. Water (150 ml) was added, the mixture was filtered, and the solid was washed with water. The solid was resuspended in 1N hydrochloric acid (200 ml) and iron(lll) chloride hexahydrate (17.8 g) was added.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 3-chloro-6-phenylpyridazine.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 3-chloro-6-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)pyridazine.
  • This compound was prepared by reductive cyclopropylation of 2-(3-methylpiperazin-1- yl)quinoline as described by Gillaspy, M. L.; Lefker, B. A.; Hada, W. A.; and Hoover, D. J. in Tetrahedron Lett. 1995, 36 (41), 7399-7402.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1 -isopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-6-(cyclopropylmethyloxy)quinoline.
  • the required 2-chloro-6- (cyclopropylmethyloxy)quinoline was prepared by treatment of 6-(cyclopropylmethyloxy)-2- quinolone with POCI 3 .
  • 6-(Cyclopropylmethyloxy)-2-quinolone was prepared from the corre- sponding 6-hydroxyquinolone by treatment with (bromomethyl)cycylopropane and potassium carbonate in dimethyl formamide in the presence of catalytic amounts of sodium iodide.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1 -isopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-6-(1-pyrazolyl)quinoline.
  • the required 2-chloro-6-(1-pyrazolyl)quinoline was prepared by treatment of 6-(1-pyrazolyl)-2-quinolone with POCI 3 .
  • 6-(1-Pyrazolyl)-2-quinolone was prepared in the following way:
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1 -isopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-6-hydroxyquinoline.
  • This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-6-cyanoquinoline.

Abstract

Novel aryl- and heteroarylpiperazines, use of these compounds as pharmaceutical compositions, pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds, and a method of treatment employing these compounds and compositions. The compounds show a high and selective binding affinity to the histamine H3 receptor indicating histamine H3 receptor antagonistic, inverse agonistic or agonistic activity. As a result, the compounds are useful for the treatment of diseases and disorders related to the histamine H3 receptor.

Description

NOVEL ARYL- AND HETEROARYLPIPERAZINES
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to novel aryl- and heteroarylpiperazines, to the use of these compounds as pharmaceutical compositions, to pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds, and to a method of treatment employing these compounds and compositions. The present compounds show a high and selective binding affinity to the histamine H3 receptor indicating histamine H3 receptor antagonistic, inverse agonistic or agonistic activity. As a result, the compounds are useful for the treatment of diseases and disorders related to the histamine H3 receptor.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The existence of the histamine H3 receptor has been known for several years and the receptor is of current interest for the development of new medicaments. Recently, the human histamine H3 receptor has been cloned. The histamine H3 receptor is a presynaptic autorecep- tor located both in the central and the peripheral nervous system, the skin and in organs such as the lung, the intestine, probably the spleen and the gastrointestinal tract. Recent evidence suggests that the H3 receptor shows intrinsic, constitutive activity, in vitro as well as in vivo (ie it is active in the absence of an agonist. Compounds acting as inverse agonists can inhibit this activity. The histamine H3 receptor has been demonstrated to regulate the release of histamine and also of other neurotransmitters such as serotonin and acetylcholine. A his- tamine H3 receptor antagonist or inverse agonist would therefore be expected to increase the release of these neurotransmitters in the brain. A histamine H3 receptor agonist, on the contrary, leads to an inhibition of the biosynthesis of histamine and an inhibition of the release of histamine and also of other neurotransmitters such as serotonin and acetylcholine. These findings suggest that histamine H3 receptor agonists, inverse agonists and antago- nists could be important mediators of neuronal activity. Accordingly, the histamine H3 receptor is an important target for new therapeutics.
Compounds similar to the compounds of the present invention have previously been disclosed, cf. J. Med. Chem. 1999, 42, 336, J. Med. Chem. 1992, 35, 2369, DE 2804096, J. Org. Chem. 1996, 61, 3849, Bull. Soc. Chim. Fr. 1969, 319, WO 00/66578, WO 99/21845, and J. Med. Chem. 1968, 11(6), 1144-1150. However, these references neither disclose nor suggest that these compounds may have a histamine H3 receptor antagonistic or agonistic activity. Several publications disclose the preparation and use of histamine H3 agonists and antagonists. Most of these are imidazole derivatives. However, recently some imidazole-free ligands of the histamine H3 receptor have been described (see e.g. Linney et al., J. Med. Chem. 2000, 43, 2362-2370; US 6,316,475, WO 01/66534 and WO 01/74810). However, these compounds differ structurally from the present compounds.
In view of the art's interest in histamine H3 receptor agonists, inverse agonists and antagonists, novel compounds which interact with the histamine H3 receptor would be a highly desirable contribution to the art. The present invention provides such a contribution to the art being based on the finding that a novel class of aryl- and heteroarylpiperazines has a high and specific affinity to the histamine H3 receptor.
Due to their interaction with the histamine H3 receptor, the present compounds are useful in the treatment of a wide range of conditions and disorders in which an interaction with the histamine H3 receptor is beneficial. Thus, the compounds may find use eg in the treatment of diseases of the central nervous system, the peripheral nervous system, the cardiovascular system, the pulmonary system, the gastrointestinal system and the endocrinological system.
DEFINITIONS
In the structural formulae given herein and throughout the present specification, the following terms have the indicated meaning: The term "halogen" means F, Cl, Br or I. The term "alkyl" as used herein represents a saturated, branched or straight hydrocarbon group having the indicated number of carbon atoms. Thus, the terms "C1-3-alkyl", "C1-8-alkyl" and "C1-10-alkyl" as used herein represent saturated, branched or straight hydrocarbon groups having from 1 to 3 carbon atoms, 1 to 8 carbon atoms and from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, respectively. Typical alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, terf-butyl, pentyl, hexyl and the like.
The term "alkenyl" as used herein represents a branched or straight hydrocarbon group having the indicated number of carbon atoms and at least one double bond. Thus, the terms "C2-8-alkenyl" and "C2-10-alkenyl" as used herein represents a branched or straight hydrocar- bon group having from 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and from 2 to 10 carbon atoms respectively, and at least one double bond Examples of such groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, allyl, iso-propenyl, 1 ,3-butadienyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 1- pentenyl, 2-pentenyl, 1-hexenyl, 2-hexenyl, 1-heptenyl, 2-heptenyl, 1-octenyl, 2-octenyl, 2- nonenyl, 2-decenyl and the like. The term "alkynyl" as used herein represents a branched or straight hydrocarbon group having the indicated number of carbon atoms and at least one triple bond. Thus, the term "C2-8-alkynyl" as used herein represents a branched or straight hydrocarbon group having from 2 to 8 carbon atoms and at least one triple bond. Examples of such groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, 1-pentynyl, 2- pentynyl, 1-hexynyl, 2-hexynyl, 2-heptynyl, 1-octynyl, 2-octynyl and the like. The term "branched C^e-alkyl" as used herein represents a saturated, branched hydrocarbon group having from 4 to 6 carbon atoms. Typical branched C .8-alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, 1-methylpropyl, ferf-butyl, 1 -ethyl propyl, 1,1-(dimethyl)propyl, isopentyl 1- ethylbutyl, 1,1-(dimethyl)butyl, 1,1-(dimethyl)pentyl, 1-ethylpentyl, 1,1-(dimethyl)hexyl, 1- ethylhexyl and the like.
The term "branched C .6-alkenyl" as used herein represents a branched hydrocarbon group having from 4 to 6 carbon atoms and at least one double bond. Typical branched C4-6-alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, 1-ethylprop-2-enyl, 1 ,1-(dimethyl)prop-2-enyl; 1- ethylbut-3-enyl, 1,1-(dimethyl)but-2-enyl, 1,1-(dimethyl)pent-3-enyl, 1-ethylpent-2-enyl, 1 ,1- (dimethyl)pent-3-enyl, 1,1-(dimethyl)hex-3-enyl, 1-ethylhex-4-enyl and the like. The term "branched C^e-alkynyl" as used herein represents a branched hydrocarbon group having from 4 to 6 carbon atoms and at least one triple bond. Typical branched C4-6-alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, 1-ethylprop-2-ynyl, 1,1-(dimethyl)prop-2-ynyl, 1- ethylbut-3-ynyl, 1,1-(dimethyl)but-2-ynyl, 1,1-(dimethyl)pent-3-ynyl, 1 -ethyl pent-2-ynyl, 1,1- (dimethyl)pent-3-ynyl, 1,1-(dimethyl)hex-3-ynyl, 1-ethylhex-4-ynyl and the like. The term "C1-6-alkoxy" as used herein refers to the radical -O-C1-6-alkyl, wherein C1-6-alkyl is as defined above. Representative examples are methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, sec-butoxy, fetf-butoxy, pentoxy, isopentoxy, hexoxy, isohexoxy and the like. The term "C2-10-alkanoyl" as used herein refers to the radical -C(=O)Θ1-9-alkyl, wherein C1-9- alkyl represents a saturated, branched or straight hydrocarbon groups having from 1 to 9 carbon atoms. Representative examples are acetyl, propionyl, butanoyl, pentanoyl, hexanoyl, heptanoyl, octanoyl, nonanoyl, decanoyl and the like. The term "C1-6-alkylamino" as used herein refers to the radical -NH-C1-6-alkyl, wherein C1-6- alkyl is as defined above. Representative examples are methylamino, ethylamino, isopro- pylamino, n-propylamino, butylamino, pentylamino, hexylamino and the like. The term "di-C1-6-alkylamino" as used herein refers to the radical -N(Cι-6-alkyl)2, wherein C1-6- alkyl is as defined above. It should be understood that the Cι-6-alkyl groups may be the same or different. Representative examples are dimethylamino, methylethylamino, diethylamino, diisopropylamino, di-n-propylamino, dibutylamino, dipentylamino, dihexylamino and the like. The term "C3-5-cycloalkyl" as used herein represents a monocyclic, carbocyclic group having from from 3 to 8 carbon atoms. Representative examples are cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and the like.
In the same way the terms "C3-6-cycloalkyl" and "C3-8-cycloalkyl" as used herein represent monocyclic, carbocyclic groups having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms and from 3 to 8 carbon atoms, respectively.
The term "C3-7-cycloalkenyl" as used herein represents a monocyclic, carbocyclic, non- aromatic group having from 3 to 7 carbon atoms and at least one double bond. Representative examples are cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl and the like. In the same way the term "C3-6-cycloalkenyl"represents a monocyclic, carbocyclic, non- • aromatic group having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms and at least one double bond. The term "C3-6-cycloalkyl-Cι-3-alkyl" as used herein refers to the radical -C^-alkyl-Cs-e-cyclo- alkyl where C3-6-cycloalkyl and C1-3-alkyl are as defined above. The term "Cs-e-cycloalkenyl-C^-alkyl" as used herein refers to the radical -C1-3-alkyl- C3.6-cycloalkenyl where C3-6-cycloalkenyl and Cι.3-alkyl are as defined above.
The term "C3-8-cycloalkyloxy" as used herein refers to the radical -O-C3-8-cycloalkyl where C3-8-cycloalkyl is as defined above. Representative examples are cyclopropyloxy, cyclobuty- loxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, cycloheptyloxy, cyclooctyloxy and the like. The term "C4-9-cycloalkanoyl" as used herein refers to the radical -C(=O)-C3-8-cycloalkyl where C3-8-cycloalkyl is as defined above. Representative examples are cyclopropylcarbonyl, cyclobutylcarbonyl, cyclopentylcarbonyl, cyclohexylcarbonyl, cycloheptylcarbonyl, cyclooctyl- carbonyl and the like.
The term "C1-6-alkylsulfonyl" as used herein refers to the radical -S(=O)2-C1-6-alkyl, wherein C1-6-alkyl is as defined above. Representative examples are methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, isopropylsulfonyl, n-propylsulfonyl, butylsulfonyl, pentylsulfonyl and the like.
The term "Cι.6-alkylsulfanyl" as used herein refers to the radical -S-C1-6-alkyl, wherein C1-6- alkyl is as defined above. Representative examples are methylsulfanyl, ethylsulfanyl, isopro- pylsulfanyl, n-propylsulfanyl, butylsulfanyl, pentylsulfanyl and the like. The term "C3.8-heterocyclyl" as used herein refers to a saturated 3 to 8 membered monocyc- lie ring containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur. Representative examples are aziridinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, tet- rahydrofuranyl and the like.
The term "C4-9-heterocycloalkanoyl" as used herein refers to the radical -C(=O)-C3-8-heterocyclyl where C3-8-heterocyclyl is as defined above. Representative exam- pies are aziridinylcarbonyl, pyrrolidinylcarbonyl, piperidinylcarbonyl, morpholinylcarbonyl,' piperazinylcarbonyl, tetrahydrofuranylcarbonyl and the like.
The term "aryl" as used herein is intended to include carbocyclic aromatic ring systems such as phenyl, biphenylyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, fluorenyl, indenyl, pentalenyl, azulenyl and the like. Aryl is also intended to include the partially hydrogenated derivatives of the carbocyclic systems enumerated above. Non-limiting examples of such partially hydrogenated derivatives are 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl, 1 ,4-dihydronaphthyl and the like. The term "aryloxy" as used herein refers to the radical -O-aryl, wherein aryl is as defined above. Non-limiting examples are phenoxy, naphthoxy, anthracenyloxy, phenantrenyloxyi fluorenyloxy, indenyloxy and the like.
The term "aroyl" as used herein refers to the radical -C(=O)-aryl, wherein aryl is as defined above. Non-limiting examples are benzoyl, naphthoyl, anthracenylcarbonyl, phenantrenyl- carbonyl, fluorenylcarbonyl, indenylcarbonyl and the like. The term "arylamino" as used herein refers to the radical -NH-aryl, wherein aryl is as defined above. Non-limiting examples are phenylamino, naphthylamino, anthracenylamino, phe- • nantrenylamino, fluorenylamino, indenylamino and the like.
The term "heteroaryl" as used herein is intended to include heterocyclic aromatic ring systems containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur such as furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1 ,2,4-triazolyl, pyranyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, 1,2,3-triazinyl, 1,2,4-tri- azinyl, 1 ,3,5- triazinyl, 1 ,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadi- azolyl, 1 ,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1 ,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl, 1 ,3,4-thiadiazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiadiazinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothi- azolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, purinyl, quinazolinyl, quinolizinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, azepinyl, di- azepinyl, acridinyl and the like. Heteroaryl is also intended to include the partially hydrogenated derivatives of the heterocyclic systems enumerated above. Non-limiting examples of such partially hydrogenated derivatives are 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrazolinyl, indanyl, indolinyl, oxazolidinyl, oxazolinyl, oxazepinyl and the like.
The term "heteroaryloxy" as used herein refers to the radical -O-heteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl is as defined above.
The term "heteroaroyl" as used herein refers to the radical -C(=O)-heteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl is as defined above. The term "heteroarylamino" as used herein refers to the radical -NH-heteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl is as defined above.
Certain of the above defined terms may occur more than once in the structural formulae, and upon such occurrence each term shall be defined independently of the other. "Aryl-C1-6-alkyl", "aryl-Cι-6-alkoxy" etc. mean C-i-e-alkyl or C1-6-alkoxy as defined above, substituted by aryl as defined above, for example:
The term "optionally substituted" as used herein means that the groups in question are either unsubstituted or substituted with one or more of the substituents specified. When the groups in question are substituted with more than one substituent the substituents may be the same or different.
The term "treatment" as used herein means the management and care of a patient for the purpose of combating a disease, disorder or condition. The term is intended to include the delaying of the progression of the disease, disorder or condition, the alleviation or relief of symptoms and complications, and/or the cure or elimination of the disease, disorder or condition. The patient to be treated is preferably a mammal, in particular a human being.
DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to a compound of the general formula (I):
wherein
(i) R1 represents
• branched C4-8-alkyl, branched C4-8-alkenyl or branched C^s-alkynyl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more halogen substituents,
• C3-5-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl or C3-6-cycloaikenyl- C1-3-alkyl, which may optionally be substituted in any position with one or more halogen substituents, and
A represents
(ii) R1 represents ethyl, n-propyl or isopropyl, and
A represents
Z and X independently represent -N= -CH=, -CF= or -C(CF3)=,
W represents -N= or -CR3=,
Y represents -N= or -CR =,
R2a, R2b, R3, and R4 independently represent
• hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-10-alkyl, C2-10-alkenyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, aryI-C1-6-alkyI, amino, C1-6-alkylamino, di- C1-6-alkylamino, C3-8-cycloalkyloxy, cyano, nitro, C1-6-alkylsulfanyl, C1-6-alkylsulfonyl or -C(=O)NR4aR4b, wherein R4a and R4b independently are hydrogen, Cι-6-alkyl or aryl- C1-6-alkyl,
• C2-ιo-alkanoyl, C4-9-cycloalkanoyl, Cs^-heterocyclyl or C^g-heterocycloalkanoyl, which may optionally be substituted in any position with one or more substituents selected from aryl, heteroaryl, C^s-cycloalkyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy and C1-6-alkoxy,
aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl) aryl-C1-6-alkoxy or heteroaryl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-6-alkoxy, C1-6-alkyl, amino, C1-6-alkylamino, di-C1-6-alkylamino, cyano, aryl, heteroaryl and C3-8-cycloalkyl,
"aroyl, heteroaroyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylamino or heteroarylamino, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from aryl, heteroaryl, C1-10-alkyl, C3^-cycloalkyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-6-alkoxy, cyano, amino, C1-6-alkylamino, di-Ci-e-alkylamino and hydroxy,
• or two of R2a, R2b, R3, and R4 in adjacent positions together form a Cι-6-alkylene bridge,
with the proviso that the compound must not be
as well as any diastereomer or enantiomer or tautomeric form thereof including mixtures of these or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In one embodiment, R is branched C4-8-alkyl, C3-5-cycloalkyl or C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more halogen substituents.
In another embodiment, R1 is branched C4-8-alkyl, C3-5-cycloalkyl or C3-6-cycloalkyl- C1-3-alkyl.
In another embodiment, R1 is 1,1-(dimethyl)propyl, 1-ethylpropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclo- propyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or 1-cyclopropyl-1-methylethyl.
In another embodiment, R1 is 1-ethylpropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopropyl or cyclopentyl.
In another embodiment, R1 is branched C4-8-alkyl or C3-5-cycloalkyl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more halogen substituents.
In another embodiment, R1 is branched C4-8-alkyl or C3-5-cycloalkyl.
In another embodiment, R1 is 1-ethylpropyl, cyclopropyl or cyclopentyl.
In another embodiment, R1 is isopropyl.
In another embodiment, A is
wherein R , R Rό and R4 are as defined for formula (I).
In another embodiment, A is
wherein R , R and R are as defined for formula (I).
In another embodiment, A is
wherein R , R and R are as defined for formula (I).
In another embodiment, A is
wherein R , R , R and R4 are as defined for formula (I). In another embodiment, R2a, R2b, R3 and R4 are independently selected from
• hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C2-10-alkanoyl, C4-9- cycloalkanoyl or C4-9-heterocycloalkanoyl, or
• aryl-C1-6-alkyl, aryl-Cι-6-alkoxy or aroyl, which may optionally be substituted as defined for formula (I).
In another embodiment, R2a, R2b, R3 and R4 are independently selected from
• hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C2-10-alkanoyl, C4-9- cycloalkanoyl or C4-9-heterocycloalkanoyl,
• phenyl-C1-6-alkyl, phenyl-Cι-6-alkoxy or benzoyl, which may optionally be substituted with one or two substituents selected from halogen and C -6-alkoxy.
In another embodiment, R2a, R2b and R4 are hydrogen and R3 is different from hydrogen.
In another embodiment, R3 is halogen, trifluoromethyl or trifluoromethoxy.
In another embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of the general formula ( ):
wherein A is as defined for formula (I) or in any one of the above embodiments.
In another embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of the general formula (l2):
wherein A is as defined for formula (I) or in any one of the above embodiments. In another embodiment, the invention relates of the general formula (l3):
wherein R1 is
• branched C4-8-alkyl, branched C4-8-alkenyl or branched C4-8-alkynyl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more halogen substituents,
• C3-5-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, Cs-e-cycloalkyl-d-s-alkyl or C3.6-cycloalkenyl- Cι-3-alkyl, which may optionally be substituted in any position with one or more halogen substituents,
• ethyl, n-propyl or isopropyl,
R2a, R2b, R3 and R4 are as defined for formula (I).
In another embodiment the present invention relates to a compound selected from
4-(4-cyclopentylpiperazin-1-yl)phenol,
1-cyclopentyl-4-[4-(4-fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl]piperazine,
1-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-cyclopentylpiperazine,
1 -[4-(4-cyclopentylpiperazin-1 -yl)phenyl]ethanone,
1 -(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-4-(1 -ethylpropyl)piperazine, {4-[4-(1 -ethylpropyl)piperazin-1 -yl]phenyl}phenylmethanone, 1 -(4-benzylphenyl)-4-(1 -ethylpropyl)piperazine, cyclopropyl-{4-[4-(1-ethylpropyl)piperazin-1-yl]phenyl}methanone, (2-chlorophenyl)-{4-[4-(1-ethylpropyl)piperazin-1-yl]phenyl}methanone, {4-[4-(1-Ethylpropyl)piperazin-1-yl]phenyl}-(4-fluorophenyl)methanone, 1 -cyclopentyl-4-(6-trifluoromethylpyridin-2-yl)piperazine, 1-cyclopentyl-4-(5-trifluoromethylpyridin-2-yl)piperazine, 1-cyclopentyl-4-(3-trifluoromethylpyridin-2-yl)piperazine,
2-[4-(1 -ethylpropyl)piperazin-1 -yl]quinoline,
7-chloro-4-[4-(1 -ethylpropyl)piperazin-1 -yl]quinoline,
[4-(4-cyclopentylpiperazin-1-yl)phenyl]-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methanone, [4-(4-cyclopentylpiperazin-1-yl)-3,5-difluorophenyl]phenylmethanone,
2-(4-cyclopentylpiperazin-1-yl)quinoxaline,
2-(4-cyclopropylmethylpiperazin-1-yl)quinoxaline,
[6-(4-cyclopentylpiperazin-1 -yl)pyridin-3-yl]piperidin-1 -ylmethanone,
2-(4-cyclopentylpiperazin-1-yl)quinoline, 2-(4-cyclopentylpiperazin-1 -yl)-7-methoxy-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)quinoline,
{6-[4-(1-cyclopropyl-1-methylethyl)piperazin-1-yl]pyridin-3-yl}phenylmethanone,
{4-[4-(1 -cyclopropyl-1 -methylethyl)piperazin-1 -yl]-3,5-difluorophenyl}phenylmethanone,
{4-[4-(1 -cyclopropyl-1 -methylethyl)piperazin-1 -yl]-3,5-difluorophenyl}phenylmethanol
[4-(4-cyclopropylmethylpiperazin-1-yl)-3,5-difluorophenyl]-(4-fluorophenyl)methanone, {4-[4-(1 -ethylpropyl)piperazin-1 -yl]-3,5-dif luorophenyl}-(4-fluorophenyl)methanone,
2-[4-(1-ethylpropyl)piperazin-1-yl]-6,7-dimethoxyquinoline,
2-[4-(1-ethylpropyl)piperazin-1-yl]-4-trifluoromethylquinoline,
2-(4-cyclopropylmethylpiperazin-1-yl)-6-methoxy-4-trifluoromethylquinoline,
[4-(4-cyclopropylmethylpiperazin-1-yl)-3,5-difluorophenyl]phenylmethanone, [4-(4-cyclopropylmethylpiperazin-1-yl)-3,5-difluorophenyl]-(3-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)- methanone,
{6-[4-(1-ethylpropyl)piperazin-1-yl]pyridin-3-yl}phenylmethanone,
{2-[4-(1-ethylpropyl)piperazin-1-yl]pyridin-4-yl}phenylmethanone,
{4-[4-(1-ethylpropyl)piperazin-1-yl]phenyl}-(4-hydroxyphenyl)methanone, {6-[4-(1 -ethylpropyl)piperazin-1 -yl]pyridin-3-yl}piperidin-1 -yl-methanone,
Λ/-benzyl-6-[4-(1-ethylpropyl)piperazin-1-yl]-Λ/-methylnicotinamide,
2-[4-(1 -ethylpropyl)piperazin-1 -y!]-6-methoxyquinoline,
6-[4-(1-ethylpropyl)piperazin-1-yl]-/V-methyl-/V-phenylnicotinamide,
{6-[4-(1-ethylpropyl)piperazin-1-yl]pyridin-3-yl}-(4-fluorophenyl)methanone, 2-[4-(1-ethylpropyl)piperazin-1-yl]-4-methylquinoline,
2-[4-(1-ethylpropyl)piperazin-1-yl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinoline,
2-(4-cyclopropylmethylpiperazin-1-yl)-6-methoxyquinoline,
2-(4-isopropylpiperazin-1-yl)-6-methoxyquinoline,
2-[4-(1-ethylpropyl)piperazin-1-yl]-6-fluoro-4-methylquinoline, 2-(4-cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl)-6-trifluoromethylquinoline, 2-(4-cyclopropylpiperazin-1 -yl)-6-propylquinoline, 2-(4-ethylpiperazin-1-yl)quinoline,
as well as any diastereomer or enantiomer or tautomeric form thereof including mixtures of these or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another aspect the present invention relates to a compound of the general formula (I"):
wherein
R1 represents
• branched C4-8-alkyl, branched C^-alkenyl or branched C4-8-alkynyl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more halogen substituents,
• C3-5-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl or C3-6-cycloaIkenyl- C1-3-alkyl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more halogen substituents,
A represents
Z and X independently represent -N=, -CH=, -CF= or-C(CF3)=,
W represents -N= or -CR3=,
Y represents -N= or -CR =,
R2, R3, and R4 independently represent • hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-10-alkyl, C2-ιo-alkenyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, amino, C1-6-alkylamino, di- C1-6-alkylamino, C3-8-cycloalkyloxy or cyano, or
• C2-10-alkanoyl or which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from aryl, heteroaryl, C -8-cycloalkyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy and C1-6-alkoxy,
aryl, aryl-C1-6-aikyl, aryl-C1-6-alkoxy or heteroaryl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, Cι-6-alkoxy, Cι_β-alkyl, amino, C1-6-alkylamino, di-Cι-6-alkylamino, cyano, aryl, heteroaryl and C3-8-cycloalkyl, or .
* aroyl, heteroaroyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylamino or heteroarylamino, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from aryl, heteroaryl, Cι-10-alkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C-ι-6-alkoxy, cyano, amino, C1-6-alkylamino, di-Cι-6-alkylamino and hydroxy,
with the proviso that the compound must not be
as well as any diastereomer or enantiomer or tautomeric form thereof including mixtures of these or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In one embodiment R1 is branched C4-8-alkyl, C3-5-cycloalkyl or C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more halogen substituents.
In another embodiment R1 is branched C4-8-alkyl, C3-5-cycloalkyl or C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, such as 1 ,1-(dimethyl)propyl, 1-ethylpropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl or cyclopentyl, eg 1-ethylpropyl, cyclopropylmethyl or cyclopentyl.
In yet another embodiment R1 is branched C4-8-alkyl or C3-5-cycloalkyl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more halogen substituents, such as branched C4-8-alkyl or C3-5-cycloalkyl, eg 1-ethylpropyl or cyclopentyl.
In a further embodiment A is
wherein R , R and R4 are as defined for formula (I"). In another embodiment A is
wherein R2, R3 and R4 are as defined for formula (I").
In a further embodiment A is
wherein R2, R3 and R4 are as defined for formula (I").
In one embodiment R2, R3 and R4 are independently selected from
• hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, trifluoromethyl, C2-10-aIkanoyl or C4-9-cycloalkanoyl, or
• aryl-Cι-6-alkyl, aryl-C1-6-alkoxy or aroyl, which may optionally be substituted as defined for formula (I").
In another embodiment R2, R3 and R4 are independently selected from
• hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, trifluoromethyl, C2-10-alkanoyl or C4-9-cycloalkanoyl,
• phenyl-C1-6-alkyl, phenyl-C1-6-a!koxy or benzoyl, which may optionally be substituted with one or two substituents selected from halo- gen and C1-6-alkoxy.
In still another embodiment R2 and R4 are both hydrogen and R3 is different from hydrogen. In yet another embodiment the invention relates to a compound of the general formula ( ):
wherein A is as defined for formula (I") or in any one of the above embodiments.
In still another embodiment the invention relates to a compound of the general formula (l2):
wherein A is as defined for formula (I") or in any one of the above embodiments.
Accordingly, in another aspect the present invention relates to a compound of the general formula (I) as well as any diastereomer or enantiomer or tautomeric form thereof including mixtures of these or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use as a pharmaceutical composition.
The invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising, as an active ingredient, at least one compound of the formula (I) or any diastereomer or enantiomer or tautomeric form thereof including mixtures of these or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or diluents. Furthermore, the invention relates to the use of a compound of the general formula (I'):
wherein
R1 represents
• C1-8-alkyl, C2-s-alkenyl or C2-8-alkynyl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more halogen substituents, • C3-5-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl or C3-6-cycloalkenyl-
C1-3-alkyl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more halogen substituents,
A represents
Z and X independently represent -N=, -CH=, -CF= or -C(CF3)=,
W represents -N= or -CR3=,
Y represents -N= or -CR4=,
R2a, R2b, R3, and R4 independently represent
• hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-10-alkyl, C2-ϊo-alkenyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, amino, C1-6-alkylamino, di- C1-6-alkylamino, C3.8-cycloalkyloxy, cyano, nitro, C1-6-alkylsulfanyl, C1-6-alkylsulfonyl, ; or -C(=O)NR4aR4b, wherein R4a and R4b independently are hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl or aryl-
C1-6-alkyl, or
• C2-10-alkanoyl, C4-9-cycloalkanoyl, C3-8-heterocyclyl or C4-9-heterocycloalkanoyl, which may optionally be substituted in any position with one or more substituents se- lected from aryl, heteroaryl, C3-8-cycloalkyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy and C1-6-alkoxy,
aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, aryl-C1-6-alkoxy or heteroaryl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C -6-alkoxy, C1-6-alkyl, amino,
C1-6-alkylamino, di-C1-6-alkylamino, cyano, aryl, heteroaryl and C3-8-cycloalkyl, or • aroyl, heteroaroyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylamino or heteroarylamino, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from aryl, heteroaryl, Cι.ι0-alkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-6-alkoxy, cyano, amino, C1-6-alkylamino, di-C1-6-alkylamino and hydroxy,
• or two of R2a, R2b, R3, and R4 in adjacent positions together form a C1-6-alkylene bridge,
as well as any diastereomer or enantiomer or tautomeric form thereof including mixtures of these or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of disorders and diseases related to the histamine H3 receptor.
In another aspect the invention provides a compound of the general formula (II):
wherein
R2 is hydrogen or C1-4-alkyl, (i) R1 represents
• branched C4-6-alkyl, branched with the proviso that R1 is not isobutyl,
• C3-5-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl or C3-6- cycloalkenyl-Cι-3-alkyl,
• R and R2 together form a C .6-alkylene bridge, and
A represents
or
(ii) R1 represents
• ethyl, n-propyl or isopropyl,
• R1 and R2 together form a C3-6-alkylene bridge, and
A represents
R is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-10-alkyl, C2-10-alkenyl, C3.8-cycloalkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, amino, C1-6-alkylamino, di-Cι-6-alkylamino, C3.8-cycloalkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyloxy, cyano, nitro, C1-6-alkylsulfanyl, or C1-6-alkylsulfonyl,
Z and X independently represent -N=, -C(H)=, -C(F)=, -C(CI)=, -C(CN)= or -C(CF3)=,
W represents -N= or -C(R10)=,
Y represents -N= or-C(R11)=,
R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9 R10, R 1, R12 and R13 independently represent
• hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, -SCF3, amino, cyano, nitro, or -C(=O)NR14R15
•C1-ιo-alkyl, C2-10-alkenyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, C3-8-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkoxy,
C1-6-alkylamino, di-C -6-alkyIamino, C3-8-cycloalkyloxy, C1-6-alkylsulfanyl, C1-6- alkylsulfonyl, C2-ι0-alkanoyl, C4-9-cycloalkanoyl, C3-8-heterocyclyl or C -9- heterocycloalkanoyl, C4-9-heterocycloalkoxy, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R 6 • aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, aryl-C1-6-alkoxy or heteroaryl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R17,
• aroyl, heteroaroyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylamino or heteroarylamino, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R18,
• or two of R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12and R13 in adjacent positions together form a C1-6-alkylene bridge or an -O-C1-6-alkylene-O- bridge,
R14 and R 5 are independently hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl or R14 and R15 may together form a C3-6-alkylene bridge
R16 is independently selected from aryl, heteroaryl, C3-8-cycloalkyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, NR19R20 and C1-6-alkoxy,
R17 is independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-6- alkoxy, Cι.β-alkyl, amino, C1-6-alkylsulfonyl, C1-6-alkylamino, di-C1-6-alkylamino, cyano, aryl, heteroaryl and C3-8-cycloalkyl,
R18 is independently selected from aryl, heteroaryl, C1-10-alkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-6-alkoxy, cyano, amino, C1-6-alkylamino, di- Cι-6-alkylamino and hydroxy,
R19 and R20 are independently hydrogen or C^e-alky!, R19 and R20 may together form a C3-6 alkylene-bridge
with the proviso that the compound must not be
as well as any diastereomer or enantiomer or tautomeric form thereof including mixtures of these or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another aspect of the invention R1 is branched C^-alkyl, C3-5-cycloalkyl or C3-6-cycloalkyl- C1-3-alkyl with the proviso that R1 is not isobutyl.
In another aspect of the invention R1 is 1,1-(dimethyl)propyl, 1-ethylpropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or 1 -cyclopropyl-1 -methylethyl.
In another aspect of the invention R1 is 1-ethylpropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopropyl or cyclopentyl.
In another aspect of the invention R1 is branched C^-alkyl or C3-5-cycloalkyl with the proviso that R1 is not isobutyl.
In another aspect of the invention R1 is 1-ethylpropyl, cyclopropyl or cyclopentyl.
In another aspect of the invention Z is -C(H)=, -N=, or -C(F)=.
In another aspect of the invention Z is -C(H)= or -N=. In another aspect of the invention Z is -C(H)=.
In another aspect of the invention Z is -N=.
In another aspect of the invention X is -C(H)=, -N=, or -C(F)=.
In another aspect of the invention Z is -C(H)= or -N=.
In another aspect of the invention Z is -C(H)=.
In another aspect of the invention Z is -N=.
In another aspect of the invention W is -N=.
In another aspect of the invention W is -C(R10)=.
In another aspect of the invention Y is -N=.
In another aspect of the invention Y is -C(R11)=.
In another aspect of the invention R2 is hydrogen.
In another aspect of the invention R2 is C1-4-alkyl.
In another aspect of the invention R2 is methyl or ethyl.
In another aspect the invention provides compounds of the general formula (III)
wherein A and R3 are as defined for compounds of general formula (II) In another aspect of the invention R3 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C-i.io-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, amino, C3-8-cycloalkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyloxy, cyano or nitro.
In another aspect of the invention R3 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, C1-10-alkyl, C-ι.6-alkoxy, cyano or nitro.
In another aspect of the invention R3 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, C-ι-6-alkyl, or cyano.
In another aspect of the invention R3 is hydrogen, halogen, or C1-6-alkyl.
In another aspect of the invention R3 is hydrogen or methyl.
In another aspect of the invention R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, and R9 independently represent
• hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, -SCF3, amino, or cyano,
•C1-10-alkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, C3-8-cycloalkyloxy, C2-10-alkanoyl, C4-9- cycloalkanoyl, C3-8-heterocyclyl or C4-9-heterocycloalkanoyl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R16
• aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, aryl-C1-6-alkoxy or heteroaryl, which may optionally be substi- tuted with one or more substituents selected from R17,
• aroyl, heteroaroyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, which may optionally be substituted with one or more' substituents selected from R18,
or two of R5, R6, R7, R8, R9 in adjacent positions together form a C1-6-alkylene bridge or an - O-C1-6-alkylene-O- bridge.
In another aspect of the invention R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, and R9 independently represent
• hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, -SCF3, or cyano, • C- o-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, C3-8-cycloalkyloxy, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R16
• Aryl or aryl-Ci-e-alkyl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R17,
• Aroyl or aryloxy, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R18,
or two of R5, R6, R7, R8, R9 in adjacent positions together form a C1-6-alkylene bridge or an - O-C1-6-alkylene-O- bridge.
In another aspect of the invention R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, and R9 independently represent • hydrogen, halogen, or cyano,
• C1-10-alkyl or C1-6-alkoxy which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R16
• Aryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from R17,
• Aroyl or aryloxy, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R18,
or two of R5, R6, R7, R8, R9 in adjacent positions together form a C1-6-alkylene bridge or an - O-d-e-alkylene-O- bridge.
In another aspect of the invention R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, and R9 independently represent
• hydrogen, halogen, or cyano,
• methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl or C1-6-alkoxy which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R16
• Aryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from R17, • Aroyl or aryloxy, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R18, ι
or two of R5, R6, R7, R8, R9 in adjacent positions together form a C1-6-alkylene bridge or an - O-C1-6-alkylene-O- bridge.
In another aspect of the invention R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, and R9 independently represent
• hydrogen, halogen, or cyano,
• C- o-alkyl, methoxy, ethoxy or propoxy which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R16
• Aryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from R17,
• Aroyl or aryloxy, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R18,
or two of R5, R6, R7, R8, R9 in adjacent positions together form a C1-6-alkylene bridge or an - O-C1-6-alkylene-O- bridge.
In another aspect of the invention R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, and R9 independently represent
• hydrogen, halogen, or cyano,
• d.io-alkyl or methoxy which may optionally be substituted with one or more sub- stituents selected from R16
• Aryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from R17,
•Aroyl or aryloxy, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R18,
or two of R5, R6, R7, R8, R9 in adjacent positions together form a C1-6-alkylene bridge or an - O-d-6-alkylene-O- bridge.
In another aspect of the invention R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, and R9 independently represent • hydrogen, halogen, or cyano,
• C1-10-alkyl or C1-6-alkoxy which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R16
• phenyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from R17,
• Aroyl or aryloxy, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R18,
or two of R5, R6, R7, R8, R9 in adjacent positions together form a C1-6-alkylene bridge or an - O-C1-6-alkylene-O- bridge.
In another aspect of the invention R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, and R9 independently represent • hydrogen, halogen, or cyano,
• d. 0-alkyl or C1-6-alkoxy which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R16
• Aryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from R17,
•-C(=O)-phenyl or aryloxy, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R18,
or two of R5, R6, R7, R8, R9 in adjacent positions together form a C -6-alkylene bridge' or an - O-C1-6-alkylene-O- bridge.
In another aspect of the invention R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, and R9 independently represent
• hydrogen, halogen, or cyano,
• d.io-alkyl or C1-6-alkoxy which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R16
• Aryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from R , • Aroyl or -O-phenyl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R18,
or two of R5, R6, R7, R8, R9 in adjacent positions together form a d-6-alkylene bridge or an - O-C1-6-alkylene-O- bridge.
In another aspect of the invention R1 is ethyl or isopropyl.
In another aspect of the invention R1 is isopropyl.
In another aspect of the invention R1 is ethyl
In another aspect of the invention R1 and R2 together form a C3- -alkylene bridge.
In another aspect of the invention R10, R11, R12and R13 independently represent
• hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, cyano, or -C(=O)NR14R15
• C-Mo-alkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, C2-10-alkanoyl, C3-8- heterocyclyl or C4.9-heterocycloalkanoyl, C4.9-heterocycloalkoxy, which may optionally , be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R16
• aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, aryl-Cι-6-alkoxy or heteroaryl, which may optionally be substi- tuted with one or more substituents selected from R 7,
• aroyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from R18,
or two of R10, R11, R12and R13 in adjacent positions together form a C1-6-alkylene bridge.
In another aspect of the invention R10, R11, R12and R13 independently represent
• hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, cyano, or -C(=O)NR14R15 • d.-io-alkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, C2-ιo-alkanoyl, C3-8- heterocyclyl or C -g-heterocycloalkanoyl, C4-g-heterocycloalkoxy, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R16
• aryl, aryl-C1-6-aIkyl, aryl-C1-6-alkoxy or heteroaryl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R17,
• aroyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from R18,
or two of R10, R11, R12and R13 in adjacent positions together form a C1-6-alkylene bridge.
In another aspect of the invention R10, R11, R12and R13 independently represent
• hydrogen, halogen, trifluoromethyl, or -C(=O)NR14R15
• d.-io-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, C2-10-alkanoyl, C4-g-cycloalkanoyl, C4-9-heterocycloalkanoyl or C4-g-heterocycloalkoxy, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R16
• aryl, aryl-C1-6-aIkyl, or aryl-C1-6-alkoxy, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R17,
• aroyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from R18,
or two of R10, R11, R12and R13 in adjacent positions together form a d-6-alkylene bridge.
In another aspect of the invention R10, R11, R12and R13 independently represent
• hydrogen, halogen, trifluoromethyl, or -C(=O)NR14R15
• C1-10-alkyl or C4-9-heterocycIoalkanoyl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R16
• aryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from R17, • aroyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from R 8,
or two of R10, R11, R12 and R13 in adjacent positions together form a C1-6-alkylene bridge.
In another aspect of the invention R10, R11, R12and R13 independently represent
• hydrogen, halogen, trifluoromethyl, or -C(=O)NR14R15
• methyl, ethyl,, propyl or C4-g-heterocycloalkanoyl, which may optionally be substi- tuted with one or more substituents selected from R16
• aryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from R17,
• aroyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from R18,
or two of R10, R11, R12and R13 in adjacent positions together form a C1-6-alkylene bridge.
In another aspect of the invention R10, R11, R12and R13 independently represent
• hydrogen, halogen, trifluoromethyl, or -C(=O)NR14R15
• d-ιo-alkyl, piperidin-alkanoyl or pyrrolidin-alkanoyl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R 6
• aryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from R17,
• aroyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from R18,
or two of R10, R11, R12and R13 in adjacent positions together form a d-6-alkylene bridge.
In another aspect of the invention R10, R11, R12and R13 independently represent
• hydrogen, halogen, trifluoromethyl, or -C(=O)NR14R15 • d.-io-alkyl or C4-g-heterocycloalkanoyl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R16
• Phenyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from R17,
• aroyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from R18,
or two of R10, R11, R12and R13 in adjacent positions together form a C -6-alkylene bridge.
In another aspect of the invention R14 and R15 are independently methyl, ethyl or benzyl.
, In another aspect of the invention R16 is halogen, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy and C1-6- alkoxy.
In another aspect of the invention R17 is halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, d-6-alkoxy, d.6-alkyl, C -6-alkylsulfonyl, or cyano.
In another aspect of the invention R17 is halogen, trifluoromethyl, C1-6-aIkoxy or C1-6- alkylsulfonyl.
In another aspect of the invention R18 is C1-10-alkyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, C1-6-alkoxy, cyano, amino and hydroxy.
In another aspect of the invention R18 is halogen, C1-6-alkoxy and hydroxy.
In another aspect the invention provides the use of a compound according to formula (II) or (III) as a pharmaceutical composition. The pharmaceutical composition may in another aspect of the invention comprise, as an active ingredient, at least one compound according to formula (II) or (III) together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipi- ents. In another aspect the invention provides such a pharmaceutical composition in unit dosage form, comprising from about 0.05 mg to about 1000 mg, preferably from about 0.1 mg to about 500 mg and especially preferred from about 0.5 mg to about 200 mg of the compound according to formula (II) or (III)
In another aspect the invention provides the use of a compound of the general formula (II'): wherein
R2 is hydrogen or C1-4-alkyl, R1 represents
• d-s-alkyl, C2-8-alkenyl or C2-8-alkynyl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more halogen substituents,
• C3-5-cycloalkyl, C3.7-cycloalkenyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl or C3-6-cycloalkenyl- C1-3-alkyl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more halogen substituents,
• R1 and R2 together form a C3-6-alkylene bridge
A represents
R3 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, d.10-alkyl, C2-10-alkenyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, aryl, aryl-d-e-alkyl, amino, C1-6-alkylamino, di-d.6-alkylamino, C3-8-cycloalkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyloxy, cyano, nitro, C1-6-alkylsulfanyl, or C1-6-alkylsulfonyl,
Z and X independently represent -N=, -C(H)=, -C(F)=, -C(CI)=, -C(CN)= or-C(CF3)=,
W represents -N= or -C(R10)=
Y represents -N= or -C(R11)=,
R4, R°, Rb, R', Ra, Ra R1U, R11, Rπ and R1d independently represent • hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, -SCF3, amino, cyano, nitro, or -C(=O)NR14R15
• C1-10-alkyl, C2-ι0-alkenyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, C3-8-cycloalkyl-C1-6-aIkoxy, d-e-alkylamino, di-C1-6-alkylamino, C3-8-cycloalkyloxy, C1-6-alkylsulfanyl, C1-6- alkylsulfonyl, C2-10-alkanoyl, C4-9-cycloalkanoyl, C3-8-heterocyclyl or C4-9- heterocycloalkanoyl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R16
• aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyI, aryl-C1-6-alkoxy or heteroaryl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R17,
• aroyl, heteroaroyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylamino or heteroarylamino, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R18,
• or two of R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12and R13 in adjacent positions together form a C1-6-alkylene bridge or an -O-C1-6-alkylene-O- bridge,
R14 and R15 are independently hydrogen, C -6-alkyl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl or R14 and R15 may together form a C3-6-alkylene bridge
R16 is independently selected from aryl, heteroaryl, C3-8-cycloalkyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, NR19R20 and d-e-alkoxy,
R17 is independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-6- alkoxy, C1-6-alkyI, amino, C1-6-alkylsulfonyl, C1-6-alkylamino, di-C1-6-alkylamino, cyano, aryl, heteroaryl and C3-8-cycloalkyl,
R18 is independently selected from aryl, heteroaryl, d.10-alkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-6-alkoxy, cyano, amino, C1-6-alkylamino, di- C1-6-alkylamino and hydroxy,
R19 and R20 are independently hydrogen or C1-6-alkyl, R19 and R20 may together form a C3.6-alkylene bridge, as well as any diastereomer or enantiomer or tautomeric form thereof including mixtures of these or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of disorders and diseases related to the histamine H3 receptor.
In another aspect the invention provides the use of a compound of the general formula (IT) as defined above for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of diseases and disorders in which an inhibition of the H3 histamine receptor has a beneficial effect.
In another aspect the invention provides the use of a compound of the general formula (IT) as defined above for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition having histamine H3 antagonistic activity or histamine H3 inverse agonistic activity.
In another aspect the invention provides the use of a compound of the general formula (IT) as defined above for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the reduction of weight.
In another aspect the invention provides the use of a compound of the general formula (IT) as defined above for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of overweight or obesity.
In another aspect the invention provides the use of a compound of the general formula (IT) as defined above for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the suppression of appetite or for satiety induction.
In another aspect the invention provides the use of a compound of the general formula (IT) as defined above for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the prevention and/or treatment of disorders and diseases related to overweight or obesity.
In another aspect the invention provides the use of a compound of the general formula (IT) as defined above for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the prevention and/or treatment of eating disorders such as bulimia and binge eating. In another aspect the invention provides the use of a compound of the general formula (II') as defined above for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of IGT.
In another aspect the invention provides the use of a compound of the general formula (IT) as defined above for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of type 2 diabetes.
In another aspect the invention provides the use of a compound of the general formula .(II') as defined above for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the delaying or prevention of the progression from IGT to type 2 diabetes.
In another aspect the invention provides the use of a compound of the general formula (II') as defined above for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the delaying or pre- vention of the progression from non-insulin requiring type 2 diabetes to insulin requiring type 2 diabetes.
In another aspect the invention provides the use of a compound of the general formula (IT) as defined above for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of diseases and disorders in which a stimulation of the H3 histamine receptor has a beneficial effect.
In another aspect the invention provides the use of a compound of the general formula (IT) as defined above for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition having histamine H3 agonistic activity.
In another aspect the invention provides the use of a compound of the general formula (IT) as defined above for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of allergic rhinitis, ulcer or anorexia.
In another aspect the invention provides the use of a compound of the general formula (II') as defined above for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease, narcolepsy or attention deficit disorders. In another aspect the invention provides a method for the treatment of disorders or diseases related to the H3 histamine receptor the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of the general formula (II') as defined above or a pharmaceutical composition comprising such a compound.
In another aspect the invention provides a method for the treatment of disorders or diseases related to the H3 histamine receptor wherein the effective amount of the compound of the general formula (IT) as defined above is in the range of from about 0.05 mg to about 2000 mg, preferably from about 0.1 mg to about 1000 mg and especially preferred from about 0.5 mg to about 500 mg per day.
In still another aspect, the invention relates to a method for the treatment of diseases and disorders related to the histamine H3 receptor the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of the formula (I) or any diastereomer or enantiomer or tautomeric form thereof including mixtures of these or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a pharmaceutical composition comprising the same. In one aspect the invention relates to compounds with histamine H3 receptor antagonistic i activity or inverse agonistic activity which may accordingly be useful in the treatment of a wide range of conditions and disorders in which histamine H3 receptor blockade is beneficial. In another aspect the invention relates to compounds with histamine H3 receptor agonistic activity and which may accordingly be useful in the treatment of a wide range of conditions and disorders in which histamine H3 receptor activation is beneficial. In a preferred embodiment of the invention the present compounds are used for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the reduction of weight. In a preferred embodiment of the invention the present compounds are used for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of overweight or obesity. In another preferred embodiment of the invention the present compounds are used for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the suppression of appetite or satiety induction. In a further preferred embodiment of the invention the present compounds are used for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the prevention and/or treatment of disorders and diseases related to overweight or obesity such as atherosclerosis, hypertension, IGT (impaired glucose tolerance), diabetes, especially type 2 diabetes (NIDDM (non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus)), dyslipidaemia, coronary heart disease, gallbladder disease, os- teoarthritis and various types of cancer such as endometrial, breast, prostate and colon cancers.
In yet a further preferred embodiment of the invention the present compounds are used for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the prevention and/or treatment of eating disorders such as bulimia and binge eating.
In a further preferred embodiment of the invention the present compounds are used for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of IGT. In a further preferred embodiment of the invention the present compounds are used for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of type 2 diabetes. Such treatment includes inter alia treatment for the purpose of delaying or prevention of the progression from IGT to type 2 diabetes as well as delaying or prevention of the progression from non-insulin requiring type 2 diabetes to insulin requiring type 2 diabetes. The compounds of the present invention may also be used for the treatment of airway disorders such as asthma, as anti-diarrhoeals and for the modulation of gastric acid secretion. Furthermore, the compounds of the present invention may be used for the treatment of diseases associated with the regulation of sleep and wakefulness and for the treatment of narcolepsy and attention deficit disorders.
Moreover, the compounds of the invention may be used as CNS stimulants or as sedatives. The present compounds may also be used for the treatment of conditions associated with epilepsy. Additionally, the present compounds may be used for the treatment of motion sickness and vertigo. Furthermore, they may be useful as regulators of hypothalamo- hypophyseal secretion, antidepressants, modulators of cerebral circulation, and in the treatment of irritable bowel syndrome. Further, the compounds of the present invention may be used for the treatment of dementia and Alzheimer's disease.
The compounds of the present invention may also be useful for the treatment of allergic rhinitis, ulcer or anorexia.
The compounds of the present invention may furthermore be useful for the treatment of migraine, see McLeod et al., The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics 287 (1998), 43-50, and for the treatment of myocardial infarction, see Mackins et al., Expert Opinion on Investigational Drugs 9 (2000), 2537-2542.
In a further aspect of the invention treatment of a patient with the present compounds is combined with diet and/or exercise. In a further aspect of the invention the present compounds are administered in combination with one or more further active substances in any suitable ratio(s). Such further active agents may be selected from antiobesity agents, antidiabetics, antidyslipidemic agents, antihyper- tensive agents, agents for the treatment of complications resulting from or associated with diabetes and agents for the treatment of complications and disorders resulting from or associated with obesity. Thus, in a further aspect of the invention the present compounds are administered in combination with one or more antiobesity agents or appetite regulating agents. Such agents may be selected from the group consisting of CART (cocaine amphetamine regulated transcript) agonists, NPY (neuropeptide Y) antagonists, MC4 (melanocortin 4) agonists, MC3 (melanocortin 3) agonists, orexin antagonists, TNF (tumor necrosis factor) agonists, CRF (corticotropin releasing factor) agonists, CRF BP (corticotropin releasing factor binding protein) antagonists, urocortin agonists, β3 adrenergic agonists such as CL- 316243, AJ-9677, GW-0604, LY362884, LY377267 or AZ-40140, MSH (melanocyte- stimulating hormone) agonists, MCH (melanocyte-concentrating hormone) antagonists, CCK (cholecystokinin) agonists, serotonin re-uptake inhibitors such as fluoxetine, seroxat or cita- " lopram, serotonin and noradrenaline re-uptake inhibitors, mixed serotonin and noradrenergic compounds, 5HT (serotonin) agonists, bombesin agonists, galanin antagonists, growth hormone, growth factors such as prolactin or placental lactogen, growth hormone releasing compounds, TRH (thyreotropin releasing hormone) agonists, UCP 2 or 3 (uncoupling protein 2 or 3) modulators, leptin agonists, DA agonists (bromocriptin, doprexin), lipase/amylase in- hibitors, PPAR (peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor) modulators, RXR (retinoid X receptor) modulators, TR β agonists, AGRP (Agouti related protein) inhibitors, opioid antagonists (such as naltrexone), exendin-4, GLP-1 and ciliary neurotrophic factor. In one embodiment of the invention the antiobesity agent is leptin. In another embodiment the antiobesity agent is dexamphetamine or amphetamine. In another embodiment the antiobesity agent is fenfluramine or dexfenfluramine. In still another embodiment the antiobesity agent is sibutramine. In a further embodiment the antiobesity agent is orlistat. In another embodiment the antiobesity agent is mazindol or phentermine. In still another embodiment the antiobesity agent is phendimetrazine, diethylpropion, fluoxet- ine, bupropion, topiramate or ecopipam.
In yet a further aspect the present compounds are administered in combination with one or more antidiabetic agents.
Relevant antidiabetic agents include insulin, insulin analogues and derivatives such as those disclosed in EP 0792290 (Novo Nordisk A/S), eg NεB29-tetradecanoyl des (B30) human insu- lin, EP 0 214826 and EP 0705275 (Novo Nordisk A/S), eg Asp828 human insulin, US 5,504,188 (Eli Lilly), eg Lys828 Pro629 human insulin, EP 0368 187 (Aventis), eg Lantus®, which are all incorporated herein by reference, GLP-1 derivatives such as those disclosed in WO 98/08871 (Novo Nordisk A S), which is incorporated herein by reference, as well as ■ orally active hypoglycaemic agents. The orally active hypoglycaemic agents preferably comprise imidazolines, sulfonylureas, biguanides, meglitinides, oxadiazolidinediones, thiazolidinediones, insulin sensitizers, α- glucosidase inhibitors, agents acting on the ATP-dependent potassium channel of the β-cells eg potassium channel openers such as those disclosed in WO 97/26265, WO 99/03861 and WO 00/37474 (Novo Nordisk A/S) which are incorporated herein by reference, or mitiglinide, or a potassium channel blocker, such as BTS-67582, nateglinide, glucagon antagonists such as those disclosed in WO 99/01423 and WO 00/39088 (Novo Nordisk A/S and Agouron Pharmaceuticals, Inc.), which are incorporated herein by reference, GLP-1 agonists such as those disclosed in WO 00/42026 (Novo Nordisk A/S and Agouron Pharmaceuticals, Inc.), which are incorporated herein by reference, DPP-IV (dipeptidyl peptidase-IV) inhibitors, PTPase (protein tyrosine phosphatase) inhibitors, inhibitors of hepatic enzymes involved in stimulation of gluconeogenesis and/or glycogenolysis, glucose uptake modulators, GSK-3 (glycogen synthase kinase-3) inhibitors, compounds modifying the lipid metabolism such as antilipidemic agents, compounds lowering food intake, PPAR (peroxisome proliferator- activated receptor) and RXR (retinoid X receptor) agonists, such as ALRT-268, LG-1268 or LG-1069.
In one embodiment of the invention the present compounds are administered in combination with insulin or an insulin analogue or derivative, such as NεB29-tetradecanoyl des (B30) human insulin, Asp828 human insulin, Lys828 Pro829 human insulin, Lantus®, or a mix- preparation comprising one or more of these. In a further embodiment of the invention the present compounds are administered in combination with a sulfonylurea eg tolbutamide, chlorpropamide, tolazamide, glibenclamide, glipizide, glimepiride, glicazide or glyburide.
In another embodiment of the invention the present compounds are administered in combination with a biguanide eg metformin. In yet another embodiment of the invention the present compounds are administered in combination with a meglitinide eg repaglinide or nateglinide.
In still another embodiment of the invention the present compounds are administered in combination with a thiazolidinedione insulin sensitizer eg troglitazone, ciglitazone, pioglita- zone, rosiglitazone, isaglitazone, darglitazone, englitazone, CS-011/CI-1037 or T 174 or the compounds disclosed in WO 97/41097, WO 97/41119, WO 97/41120, WO 00/41121 and WO 98/45292 (Dr. Reddy's Research Foundation), which are incorporated herein by reference.
In still another embodiment of the invention the present compounds may be administered in combination with an insulin sensitizer eg such as Gl 262570, YM-440, MCC-555, JTT-501, AR-H039242, KRP-297, GW-409544, CRE-16336, AR-H049020, LY510929, MBX-102, CLX- 0940, GW-501516 or the compounds disclosed in WO 99/19313, WO 00/50414, WO 00/63191, WO 00/63192, WO 00/63193 (Dr. Reddy's Research Foundation) and WO 00/23425, WO 00/23415, WO 00/23451, WO 00/23445, WO 00/23417, WO 00/23416, WO 00/63153, WO 00/63196, WO 00/63209, WO 00/63190 and WO 00/63189 (Novo Nord- isk A/S), which are incorporated herein by reference.
In a further embodiment of the invention the present compounds are administered in combination with an α-glucosidase inhibitor eg voglibose, emiglitate, miglitol or acarbose. In another embodiment of the invention the present compounds are administered in combination with an agent acting on the ATP-dependent potassium channel of the β-cells eg tolbu- tamide, glibenclamide, glipizide, glicazide, BTS-67582 or repaglinide.
In yet another embodiment of the invention the present compounds may be administered in combination with nateglinide.
In still another embodiment, the present compounds are administered in combination with an antihyperlipidemic agent or antilipidemic agent, eg cholestyramine, colestipol, clofibrate, gemfibrozil, lovastatin, pravastatin, simvastatin, probucol or dextrothyroxine.
In still another embodiment of the invention the present compounds are administered in combination with an antilipidemic agent eg cholestyramine, colestipol, clofibrate, gemfibrozil, lovastatin, pravastatin, simvastatin, probucol or dextrothyroxine. In another aspect of the invention, the present compounds are administered in combination with more than one of the above-mentioned compounds eg in combination with metformin and a sulfonylurea such as glyburide; a sulfonylurea and acarbose; nateglinide and metformin; acarbose and metformin; a sulfonylurea, metformin and troglitazone; insulin and a sulfonylurea; insulin and metformin; insulin, metformin and a sulfonylurea; insulin and troglitazone; insulin and lovastatin; etc. Furthermore, the present compounds may be administered in combination with one or more antihypertensive agents. Examples of antihypertensive agents are β-blockers such as alpre- nolol, atenolol, timolol, pindolol, propranolol and metoprolol, ACE (angiotensin converting enzyme) inhibitors such as benazepril, captopril, enalapril, fosinopril, lisinopril, quinapril and ramipril, calcium channel blockers such as nifedipine, felodipine, nicardipine, isradipine, ni- modipine, diltiazem and verapamil, and α-blockers such as doxazosin, urapidil, prazosin and terazosin. Further reference can be made to Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 19th Edition, Gennaro, Ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA, 1995. It should be understood that any suitable combination of the compounds according to the invention with diet and/or exercise, one or more of the above-mentioned compounds and op- tionally one or more other active substances are considered to be within the scope of the present invention.
The compounds of the present invention may be chiral, and it is intended that any enanti- omers, as separated, pure or partially purified enantiomers or racemic mixtures thereof are included within the scope of the invention. Furthermore, when a double bond or a fully or partially saturated ring system or more than one center of asymmetry or a bond with restricted rotatability is present in the molecule di- astereomers may be formed. It is intended that any diastereomers, as separated, pure or partially purified diastereomers or mixtures thereof are included within the scope of the inven- , tion. Furthermore, some of the compounds of the present invention may exist in different tauto- , meric forms and it is intended that any tautomeric forms, which the compounds are able to form, are included within the scope of the present invention.
. The present invention also encompasses pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present compounds. Such salts include pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts, pharma- ceutically acceptable metal salts, ammonium and alkylated ammonium salts. Acid addition saltsjnclude salts of inorganic acids as well as organic acids. Representative examples of j. suitable inorganic acids include hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, phosphoric, sulfuric, nitric acids and the like. Representative examples of suitable organic acids include formic, , acetic, trichloroacetic, trifluoroacetic, propionic, benzoic, cinnamic, citric, fumaric, glycolic, „ lactic, maleic, malic, malonic, mandelic, oxalic, picric, pyruvic, salicylic, succinic, methane- sulfonic, ethanesulfonic, tartaric, ascorbic, pamoic, bismethylene salicylic, ethanedisulfonic, gluconic, citraconic, aspartic, stearic, palmitic, EDTA, glycolic, p-aminobenzoic, glutamic, benzenesulfonic, p-toluenesulfonic acids and the like. Further examples of pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic acid addition salts include the pharmaceutically acceptable salts listed in J. Pharm. Sci. 1977, 66, 2, which is incorporated herein by reference. Exam- . pies of metal salts include lithium, sodium, potassium, magnesium salts and the like. Examples of ammonium and alkylated ammonium salts include ammonium, methylammonium, di- methylammonium, trimethylammonium, ethylammonium, hydroxyethylammonium, diethyl- ammonium, butylammonium, tetramethylammonium salts and the like. Also intended as pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts are the hydrates, which the present compounds are able to form.
The acid addition salts may be obtained as the direct products of compound synthesis. In the alternative, the free base may be dissolved in a suitable solvent containing the appropriate acid, and the salt isolated by evaporating the solvent or otherwise separating the salt and solvent.
The compounds of the present invention may form solvates with standard low molecular weight solvents using methods well known to the person skilled in the art. Such solvates are also contemplated as being within the scope of the present invention. The invention also encompasses prodrugs of the present compounds, which on administration undergo chemical conversion by metabolic processes before becoming active pharmacological substances. In general, such prodrugs will be functional derivatives of the present . compounds, which are readily convertible in vivo into the required compound of the formula (I). Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of suitable prodrug derivatives are described, for example, in "Design of Prodrugs", ed. H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985. The invention also encompasses active metabolites of the present compounds. The compounds of the present invention interact with the histamine H3 receptor and are accordingly useful for the treatment of a wide variety of conditions and disorders in which histamine H3 receptor interactions are beneficial.
PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS
The compounds of the invention may be administered alone or in combination with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients, in either single or multiple doses. The pharma- ; ceutical compositions according to the invention may be formulated with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or diluents as well as any other known adjuvants and excipients in accor- dance with conventional techniques such as those disclosed in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 19th Edition, Gennaro, Ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA, 1995. The pharmaceutical compositions may be specifically formulated for administration by any suitable route such as the oral, rectal, nasal, pulmonary, topical (including buccal and sublin- gual), transdermal, intracisternal, intraperitoneal, vaginal and parenteral (including subcuta- neous, intramuscular, intrathecal, intravenous and intradermal) route, the oral route being preferred. It will be appreciated that the preferred route will depend on the general condition ,ι and age of the subject to be treated, the nature of the condition to be treated and the active ingredient chosen. Pharmaceutical compositions for oral administration include solid dosage forms such as capsules, tablets, dragees, pills, lozenges, powders and granules. Where appropriate, they can be prepared with coatings such as enteric coatings or they can be formulated so as to provide controlled release of the active ingredient such as sustained or prolonged release ac- cording to methods well known in the art.
Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include solutions, emulsions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs.
Pharmaceutical compositions for parenteral administration include sterile aqueous and non- aqueous injectable solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions as well as sterile pow- ders to be reconstituted in sterile injectable solutions or dispersions prior to use. Depot injectable formulations are also contemplated as being within the scope of the present invention.
Other suitable administration forms include suppositories, sprays, ointments, cremes, gels, inhalants, dermal patches, implants etc. A typical oral dosage is in the range of from about 0.001 to about 100 mg/kg body weight per day, preferably from about 0.01 to about 50 mg/kg body weight per day, and more preferred from about 0.05 to about 10 mg/kg body weight per day administered in one or more dosages such as 1 to 3 dosages. The exact dosage will depend upon the frequency and mode of administration, the sex, age, weight and general condition of the subject treated, the nature and severity of the condition treated and any concomitant diseases to be treated and other factors evident to those skilled in the art.
The formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form by methods known to those skilled in the art. A typical unit dosage form for oral administration one or more times per day such as 1 to 3 times per day may contain of from 0.05 to about 1000 mg, preferably from about 0.1 to about 500 mg, and more preferred from about 0.5 mg to about 200 mg. For parenteral routes, such as intravenous, intrathecal, intramuscular and similar administration, typically doses are in the order of about half the dose employed for oral administration. The compounds of this invention are generally utilized as the free substance or as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. One example is an acid addition salt of a compound having the utility of a free base. When a compound of the formula (I) contains a free base such salts are prepared in a conventional manner by treating a solution or suspension of a free base of the formula (I) with a chemical equivalent of a pharmaceutically acceptable acid, for example, inorganic and organic acids. Representative examples are mentioned above. Physiologically acceptable salts of a compound with a hydroxy group include the anion of said compound in combination with a suitable cation such as sodium or ammonium ion. For parenteral administration, solutions of the novel compounds of the formula (I) in sterile aqueous solution, aqueous propylene glycol or sesame or peanut oil may be employed. Such aqueous solutions should be suitable buffered if necessary and the liquid diluent first rendered isotonic with sufficient saline or glucose. The aqueous solutions are particularly suit- able for intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous and intraperitoneal administration. The sterile aqueous media employed are all readily available by standard techniques known to those skilled in the art.
Suitable pharmaceutical carriers include inert solid diluents or fillers, sterile aqueous solution and various organic solvents. Examples of solid carriers are lactose, terra alba, sucrose, cyclodextrin, talc, gelatine, agar, pectin, acacia, magnesium stearate, stearic acid or lower alkyl ethers of cellulose. Examples of liquid carriers are syrup, peanut oil, olive oil, phosphol- ipids, fatty acids, fatty acid amines, polyoxyethylene or water. Similarly, the carrier or diluent may include any sustained release material known in the art, such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate, alone or mixed with a wax. The pharmaceutical compositions formed by combining the novel compounds of the formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are then readily administered in a variety of dosage forms suitable for the disclosed routes of administration. The formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form by methods known in the art of pharmacy. Formulations of the present invention suitable for oral administration may be presented as discrete units such as capsules or tablets, each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient, and which may include a suitable excipient. These formulations may be in the form of powder or granules, as a solution or suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid, or as an oil-in-water or water-in-oil liquid emulsion. If a solid carrier is used for oral administration, the preparation may be tabletted; placed in a hard gelatine capsule in powder or pellet form or it can be in the form of a troche or lozenge. ■ The amount of solid carrier will vary widely but will usually be from about 25 mg to about 1 g. If a liquid carrier is used, the preparation may be in the form of a syrup, emulsion, soft gelatine capsule or sterile injectable liquid such as an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid suspension or solution. ι A typical tablet, which may be prepared by conventional tabletting techniques, may contain: Core:
Active compound (as free compound or salt thereof) 5.0 mg
Lactosum Ph. Eur. 67.8 mg
Cellulose, microcryst. (Avicel) 31.4 mg Amberlite® IRP88* 1.0 mg Magnesii stearas Ph. Eur. q.s.
. Coating: Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose approx. 9 mg Mywacett 9-40 T** approx. 0.9 mg
* Polacrillin potassium NF, tablet disintegrant, Rohm and Haas. . ** Acylated monoglyceride used as plasticizer for film coating.
If desired, the pharmaceutical composition of the invention may comprise the compound of the formula (I) in combination with further pharmacologically active substances such as those described in the foregoing.
EXAMPLES
In the examples the following terms are intended to have the following, general meanings: DIPEA: diisopropylethylamine , DMSO: dimethyl sulphoxide
THF: tetrahydrofuran
HPLC (Method A)
NMR spectra were recorded on Bruker 300 MHz and 400 MHz instruments. HPLC-MS was , performed on a Perkin Elmer instrument (API 100). The column used was X-Terra C18, 5 μm, 50 X 3 mm, and elution was done at 1.5 ml/min at room temperature with a gradient of
5% to 90% acetonitrile in water with 0.01 % trifluoroacetic acid within 7.5 min.
HPLC (Method B) The reverse phase analysis was performed using UV detections at 214 and 254 nm on a 218TP544.6 mm x 150 mm C-18 silica column, which was eluted at 1 ml/min at 42 °C. The column was equilibrated with 5% acetonitrile, 85% water and 10% of a solution of 0.5% trifluoroacetic acid in water and eluted by a linear gradient from 5% acetonitrile, 85% water and 10% of a solution of 0.5% trifluoroacetic acid to 90% acetonitrile and 10% of a solution of 0.5% trifluoroacetic acid over 15 min.
HPLC (Method C) The RP-analyses was performed using a Alliance Waters 2695 system fitted with a Waters 2487 dualband detector. UV detections were collected using a Symmetry C18 , 3.5 urn, 3.0 mm x 100 mm column. The eluation is done with a linear gradient of 5-90% acetonitrile, 90- 0% water, and 5% trifluoroacetic acid (1.0%) in water over 8 minutes at a flow-rate of 1.0 min/min.
General procedure (A)
General procedure (A) may be used for the preparation of the compounds of the general formula (la):
wherein -CH(R20R21) represents ethyl, isopropyl, branched C4-6-alkyl, branched Oμe-alkenyl, branched C^-alkynyl, C3-5-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-6-cycloaIkyl-C1-3-alkyl or C3-6- cycloalkenyl-C1-3-alkyl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more halogen substituents. To a mixture of a monosubstituted piperazine (15.2 mmol) in a suitable solvent such as and THF are added a ketone or an aldehyde (22.6 mmol), water, acetic acid (45.0 mmol), and then NaCNBH3 (18 mmol). The mixture is stirred at 55 °C for 5.5 hours (ketones) or at room temperature overnight (aldehydes), and then concentrated under reduced pressure. Saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution (100 ml) is added, and the mixture is extracted with a solvent such as ethyl acetate (3 x 40 ml). The combined extracts are washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulphate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue may be converted into an appropriate salt, such as the hydrochloride salt by co-evaporation with an acid, such as 1 molar aqueous hydrochloric acid, ethanol and toluene, and the residue is then purified by recrystallization.
General procedure (B) The compounds of the general formula (I) may be prepared by the general procedure (B):
A mixture of a monosubstituted piperazine (2.00 mmol), DMSO (1.0 ml), a suitable aryl or heteroaryl halide (2.00 mmol), and a base such as DIPEA (0.20 ml) is stirred for one hour at 100 °C and then for 18 hours at 120 °C. Water and potassium carbonate are added and the mixture is extracted with a solvent such as ethyl acetate (3 x 20 ml). Isolation and purification are done as in General Procedure (A).
Non-commercially available substituted 2-chloroquinolines were prepared as described in the literature: F. Effenberger, W. Hartmann, Chemische Berichte 1969, 102, 3260-3267.
General procedure (C)
The compounds of the general formula (I) may be prepared by the general procedure (C):
catalyst
(I)
A compound of formula I may be prepared from a suitable monosubstituted piperazine and a suitable aryl bromide in the presence of a suitable catalyst such as e. g. tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium in a suitable solvent such as toluene at a suitable temperature between 0°C and 150°C.
Example 1
4-(4-Cyclopentylpiperazin-1-yl)phenol
To a suspension of 1-(4-hydroxyphenyl)piperazine (2.70 g, 15.2 mmol) in THF (28 ml) were added cyclopentanone (1.90 ml, 22.6 mmol), water (0.15 ml), acetic acid (2.70 ml, 45.0 mmol), and then NaCNBH3 (18 ml, 1 molar in THF, 18 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 55 °C for 5.5 hours and then concentrated under reduced pressure. Saturated aqueous Na- HCO3 solution (100 ml) and ethyl acetate (40 ml) were added, and the mixture was filtered. The resulting solid was resuspended in methanol (30 ml), heated to reflux, and allowed to stand at room temperature over night. Filtration and drying under reduced pressure yielded the title compound (1.82 g, 49%) as a solid. H NMR (DMSO-cfe) £1.34 (m, 2H), 1.49 (m, 2H), 1.60 (m, 2H), 1.79 (m, 2H), 2.43 (m, 1H), 2.51 (m, 4H), 2.92 (m, 4H), 6.62 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 6.77 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 8.78 (s, 1 H); HPLC- MS: m/z 247 (MH+); Rf: 2.70 min.
Example 2
1-Cyclopentyl-4-[4-(4-fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl]piperazine
To a suspension of potassium hydroxide (0.165 g, 2.95 mmol) in ethanol (4 ml) was added 4- (4-cyclopentylpiperazin-1-yl)phenol (0.25 g, 1.02 mmol). After 10 min 4-fluorobenzyl chloride (0.18 ml, 0.22 g, 1.51 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 70 °C for 5 hours. Saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution (20 ml) was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 20 ml). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulphate, and concentrated. Recrystallization from methanol (4 ml) yielded 0.125 g (35%) of the title compound. 1H NMR (DMSO-cfe) 51.34 (m, 2H), 1.50 (m, 2H), 1.62 (m, 2H), 1.81 (m, 2H), 2.45 (m, 1H), 2.51 (m, 4H), 2.99 (m, 4H), 5.00 (s, 2H), 6.87 (m, 4H), 7.19 (t, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (m, 2H); HPLC-MS: mlz 355 (MH+); Rf: 4.73 min.
Example 3
1-(3-Chlorophenyl)-4-cyclopentylpiperazine
This compound was prepared as described in Example 1 , starting from 1-(3-chIorophenyl)- piperazine. 1H NMR (DMSO-de) 51.34 (m, 2H), 1.50 (m, 2H), 1.60 (m, 2H), 1.80 (m, 2H), 2.45 (m, 1H), 2.51 (m, 4H), 3.14 (m, 4H), 6.78 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (m, 2H), 7.19 (t, J = 8 Hz, 1H); HPLC- MS: mlz 265 (MH+); Rf: 3.88 min.
Example 4
1 -[4-(4-Cyclopentylpiperazin-1 -yl)phenyl]ethanone
This compound was prepared as described in Example 1, starting from 1-(4-acetylphenyl)- piperazine.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) 51.30-1.88 (m, 8H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.45 (m, 1H), 2.51 (m, 4H), 3.31 (m, 4H), 6.95 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 7.79 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2H); HPLC-MS: mlz 273 (MH+); Rf: 3.25 min.
Example 5
1 -(3,4-Dichlorophenyl)-4-(1 -ethylpropyl)piperazine
This compound was prepared as described in Example 1, starting from 1-(3,4-dichloro- phenyl)piperazine and 3-pentanone.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) 50.88 (t, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 1.28 (m, 2H), 1.45 (m, 2H), 2.19 (m, 1H), 2.56 (brs, 4H), 3.12 (br s, 4H), 6.91 (m, 1H), 7.09 (br s, 1H), 7.36 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz 301 (MH+); Rf: 4.25 min. Example 6
{4-[4-(1 -Ethylpropyl)piperazin-1 -yl]phenyl}phenylmethanone hydrochloride
A mixture of 1-(3-pentyl)piperazine (0.31 g, 2.00 mmol), DMSO (1.0 ml), 4-fluoro- benzophenone (0.40 g, 2.00 mmol), and DIPEA (0.20 ml) was stirred for one hour at 100 °C and then for 18 hours at 120 °C. Water (50 ml) and potassium carbonate (2 g) were added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 20 ml). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried with magnesium sulphate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was redissolved in ethanol (10 ml) and 1 molar aqueous HCI (4 ml), and the solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. After co-evaporation with ethanol and toluene the residue solidified, and was recrystallized from acetonitrile (100 ml). 0.20 g (27%) of the title compound was obtained.
1H NMR (DMSO-c6) 50.95 (m, 6H), 1.62 (m, 2H), 1.89 (m, 2H), 3.04-3.27 (m, 3H), 3.48 (m, 4H), 4.05 (m, 2H), 7.08 (m, 2H), 7.51 (m, 2H), 7.65 (m, 5H), 10.75 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz 337 (MH+); Rf: 4.27 min.
Example 7
1-(4-Benzylphenyl)-4-(1-ethylpropyl)piperazine hydrochloride
A mixture of {4-[4-(1-ethylpropyl)piperazin-1-yl]phenyl}phenylmethanone hydrochloride (77 mg, 0.21 mmol), trifluoroacetic acid (2.0 ml), and triethylsilane (0.5 ml) was stirred at 60 °C for 20 hours. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and mixed with water and potassium carbonate. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 20 ml). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried with magnesium sulphate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was redissolved in ethanol and 1 molar aqueous HCI, and the solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. After co- evaporation with ethanol and toluene the residue solidified. 45 mg (61%) of the title compound was obtained.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) 50.98 (t, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 1.64 (m, 2H), 1.89 (m, 2H), 3.04-3.23 (m, 5H), 3.48 (m, 2H), 3.72 (m, 2H), 3.85 (s, 2H), 6.93 (d, J= 8 Hz, 2H), 7.10-7.30 (m, 7H), 10.05 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 323 (MH+); Rf: 4.93 min.
Example 8
Cyclopropyl-{4-[4-(1 -ethylpropyl)piperazin-1 -yl]phenyl}methanone hydrochloride
This compound was prepared as described in Example 6, starting from 4-fluorophenyl(cyclo- propyl)ketone. . 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) 50.98 (m, 10H), 1.64 (m, 2H), 1.89 (m, 2H), 2.82 (brs, 1H), 3.04-3.23 (m, 3H), 3.49 (m, 4H), 4.04 (m, 2H), 7.07 (d, J= 8 Hz, 2H), 7.96 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 10.95 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z 301 (MH+); Rf: 4.03 min.
Example 9
(2-Chlorophenyl)-{4-[4-(1-ethylpropyl)piperazin-1-yl]phenyl}methanone hydrochloride
This compound was prepared as described in Example 6, starting from 4-fluorophenyl-(2- chlorophenyl)ketone.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) 50.98 (t, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 1.64 (m, 2H), 1.88 (m, 2H), 3.08-3.23 (m, 3H),
3.50 (m, 4H), 4.06 (m, 2H), 7.08 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 7.31 (m, 1H), 7.48 (m, 1H), 7.50-7.61 (m,
4H), 10.85 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 371 (MH+); Rf: 4.43 min.
Example 10
{4-[4-(1-Ethylpropyl)piperazin-1-yl]phenyl}-(4-fluorophenyl)methanone hydrochloride
This compound was prepared as described in Example 6, starting from 4,4'-difluorobenzo- phenone.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) 0.98 (t, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 1.66 (m, 2H), 1.89 (m, 2H), 3.08-3.25 (m, 3H), 3.41-3.53 (m, 4H), 4.05 (m, 2H), 7.09 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 7.38 (m, 2H), 7.69 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 7.76 (m, 2H), 10.80 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 355 (MH+); Rf: 4.37 min.
Example 11 1 -Cyclopentyl-4-(6-trifluoromethylpyridin-2-yl)piperazine
This compound was prepared as described in Example 1, starting from 1-(6-trifluoromethyl- pyridin-2-yl)piperazine. 1H NMR (DMSO-de) 51.34 (m, 2H), 1.50 (m, 2H), 1.60 (m, 2H), 1.80 (m, 2H), 2.45-2.51 (m, 5H), 3.52 (m, 4H), 7.02 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (t, J = 8 Hz, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z300 (MH+); Rf: 4.10 min.
Example 12 1 -Cyclopentyl-4-(5-trifluoromethylpyridin-2-yl)piperazine
This compound was prepared as described in Example 1, starting from 1-(5-trifluoromethyl- pyridin-2-yl)piperazine.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) 51.36 (m, 2H), 1.50 (m, 2H), 1.60 (m, 2H), 1.80 (m, 2H), 2.45-2.52 (m, 5H), 3.58 (m, 4H), 6.92 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.78 (br d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 8.39 (s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 300 (MH+); Rf: 3.87 min.
Example 13
1-Cyclopentyl-4-(3-trifluoromethylpyridin-2-yl)piperazine
This compound was prepared as described in Example 1, starting from 1-(3-trifluoromethyl- pyridin-2-yl)piperazine.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) 51.29-1.65 (m, 6H), 1.80 (m, 2H), 2.45 (m, 1H), 2.52 (m, 4H), 3.18 (m, 4H), 7.16 (m, 1H), 8.02 (m, 1H), 8.49 (m, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z300 (MH+); Rf: 3.70 min. Example 14
2-[4-(1-Ethylpropyl)piperazin-1-yl]quinoline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared as described in Example 6, starting from 2-chloroquinoline. 1 H NMR (DMSO-d6) 50.99 (t, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 1.65 (m, 2H), 1.94 (m, 2H), 3.12 (br s, 1H), 3.33 (m, 2H), 3.57 (m, 2H), 3.93 (m, 2H), 4.83 (m, 2H), 7.44-7.58 (m, 2H), 7.76 (m, 1H), 7.92 (m, 1 H), 8.25 (br s, 1 H), 8.42 (m, 1 H), 11.20 (br s, H); HPLC-MS: m/z 284 (MH+); Rf: 3.03 min.
Example 15
7-Chloro-4-[4-(1-ethylpropyl)piperazin-1-yl]quinoline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared as described in Example 6, starting from 4,7-dichloroquinoline. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) £ 1.00 (t, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 1.67 (m, 2H), 1.95 (m, 2H), 3.15 (br s, 1H), 3.30- 3.70 (m, 4H), 4.05 (m, 2H), 4.20 (m, 2H), 7.32 (m, 1 H), 7.73 (m, 1 H), 8.28 (m, 2H), 8.83 (m, 1 H), 11.35 (br s, H); HPLC-MS: mlz 318 (MH+); Rf: 3.13 min.
Example 16
[4-(4-Cyclopentylpiperazin-1-yl)phenyl]-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methanone hydrochloride
This compound was prepared as described in Example 6, starting from 4'-fluoro-3,4- dimethoxybenzophenone.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £1.55 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.90 (m, 4H), 2.02 (m, 2H), 3.05-3.40 (m, 4H), 3.55
(m, 3H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 4.08 (m, 2H), 7.10 (m, 3H), 7.29 (m, 2H), 7.69 (d, J = 8
Hz, 2H), 10.78 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz 395 (MH+); Rf: 3.03 min.
Example 17 [4-(4-Cyclopentylpiperazin-1 -yl)-3,5-difluorophenyl]phenylmethanone hydrochloride
This compound was prepared as described in Example 6, starting from 3,4,5-trifluorobenzo- phenone.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) 51.55 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.90 (m, 4H), 2.02 (m, 2H), 3.15 (m, 2H), 3.50-3.71
(m, 7H), 7.42 (m, 2H), 7.58 (m, 2H), 7.68-7.78 (m, 3H), 10.90 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz
371(MH+); Rf: 2.77 min. Example 18
2-(4-Cyclopentylpiperazin-1-yl)quinoxaIine hydrochloride
This compound was prepared as Example 6, starting from 2-chloroquinoxaline and using propionitrile as solvent.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £1.55 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.90 (m, 4H), 2.02 (m, 2H), 3.15 (m, 2H), 3.42-3.65 (m, 5H), 4.71 (m, 2H), 7.49 (m, 1 H), 7.67 (m, 2H), 7.88 (br d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 8.91 (s, 1 H), 10.92 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z 283 (MH+); Rf: 1.70 min.
Example 19 2-(4-Cyclopropylmethylpiperazin-1 -yl)quinoxaline hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.41 (m, 2H), 0.66 (m, 2H), 1.18 (m, 1H), 3.02 (m, 2H), 3.13 (m, 2H), 3.52-3.69 (m, 4H), 4.71 (m, 2H), 7.48 (m, 1 H), 7.66 (m, 2H), 7.88 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 8.90 (s, 1H), 11.17 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/ 269 (MH+); Rf: 1.73 min.
Example 20
[6-(4-Cyclopentylpiperazin-1 -yl)pyridin-3-yl]piperidin-1 -ylmethanone hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £ 1.45-2.08 (m, 14H), 3.06 (m, 2H), 3.38-3.61 (m, 9H), 4.44 (m, 2H), 7.02 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.70 (dd, J = 8 Hz, 1 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (d, J = 1 Hz, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz (MH+). This compound was prepared as Example 6 (General Procedure B), using 1-(6-chloro- nicotinoyl)piperidine (Thunus, Ann. Pharm. Fr. 1977, 35, 197).
Example 21
2-(4-Cyclopentylpiperazin-1-yl)quinoline hydrochloride
H NMR (DMSO-d6) £1.62 (m, 2H), 1.82 (m, 2H), 1.96 (m, 2H), 2.09 (m, 2H), 3.25 (m, 2H), 3.55-3.70 (m, 5H), 4.83 (m, 2H), 7.46-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.80 (m, 1H), 7.94 (m, 1H), 8.13 (m, 1H), 8.42 (m, 1 H), 11.52 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 282 (MH+); Rf: 0.34 min. This compound was prepared as Example 6, starting from 2-chloroquinoline.
Example 22
2-(4-Cyclopentylpiperazin-1-yl)-7-methoxy-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)quinoline hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) £1.53 (m, 2H), 1.63-1.86 (m, 4H), 1.98 (m, 2H), 3.05 (m, 2H), 3.33-3.52 (m, 5H), 3.75 (m, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 7.08 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 7.13 (dd, J= 8 Hz, 1 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (brs, 1H), 7.61 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 7.83 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 11.29 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 418 (MH+); Rf: 3.40 min.
Example 23
{6-[4-(1 -Cyclopropyl-1 -methylethyl)piperazin-1 -yl]pyridin-3-yl}phenylmethanone hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) 50.48-0.62 (m, 4H), 1.22-1.39 (m, 7H), 3.14 (m, 2H), 3.69 (m, 4H), 4.64 (m, 2H), 7.08 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.55 (m, 2H), 7.61 -7.72 (m, 3H), 8.00 (dd, J = 8 Hz, 1 Hz, 1H), 8.52 (d, J = 1 Hz, 1H), 11.27 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z 350 (MH+); Rf: 3.03 min. This compound was prepared as Example 6, starting from 2-chloro-5-benzoylpyridine (T.D. Penning et al., J. Med. Chem. 2000, 43, 721-735).
Example 24 {4-[4-(1 -Cyclopropyl-1 -methylethyl)piperazin-1 -yl]-3,5-difluorophenyl}phenylmethanone hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-de) 50.48-0.63 (m, 4H), 1.23-1.40 (m, 7H), 3.18 (m, 2H), 3.56 (m, 2H), 3.69 (m, 2H), 3.84 (m, 2H), 7.42 (m, 2H), 7.58 (m, 2H), 7.66-7.76 (m, 3H), 10.90 (br s, 1H); HPLC- MS: mlz 385 (MH+); Rf: 3.73 min.
Example 25
{4-[4-(1 -Cyclopropyl-1 -methylethyl)piperazin-1 -yl]-3,5-difluorophenyl}phenylmethanol hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) 50.47-0.61 (m, 4H), 1.23-1.34 (m, 7H), 3.12 (m, 2H), 3.29 (m, 2H), 3.65 (m, 4H), 5.66 (m, 1H), 6.08 (m, 1H), 7.06 (m, 2H), 7.19-7.40 (m, 5H), 10.40 (br s, 1H); HPLC- MS: mlz 387 (MH+); Rf: 3.40 min.. This compound was prepared by reduction with sodium borohydride of Example 24.
Example 26 [4-(4-Cyclopropylmethylpiperazin-1 -yl)-3,5-difluorophenyl]-(4-fluorophenyl)methanone hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) 50.40 (m, 2H), 0.66 (m, 2H), 1.13 (m, 1H), 3.02-3.23 (m, 5H), 3.52-3:68 (m, 5H), 7.40 (m, 4H), 7.82 (m, 2H), 10.55 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z375 (MH^); Rf: 2.78 min.
This compound was prepared as example 6, using 3,4,5,4'-tetrafluorobenzophenone. The latter was prepared by Friedel Crafts acylation of fluorobenzene with 3,4,5-trifluorobenzoyl chloride. Example 27
{4-[4-(1-Ethylpropyl)piperazin-1-yl]-3,5-difluorophenyl}-(4-fluorophenyl)methanone hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.97 (t, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 1.68 (m, 2H), 1.88 (m, 2H), 3.06-3.26 (m, 3H), 3.52 (m, 4H), 3.75 (m, 2H), 7.41 (m, 4H), 7.82 (m, 2H), 10.31 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 391 (MH+); Rf: 3.00 min.
Example 28
2-[4-(1 -Ethylpropyl)piperazin-1 -yl]-6,7-dimethoxyquinoline hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.99 (t, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 1.66 (m, 2H), 1.91 (m, 2H), 3.11 (m, 1H), 3.29 (m, 2H), 3.56 (m, 4H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 4.72 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.82 (br s, 1 H), 8.30 (br s, 1 H), 10.95 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 344 (MH+); Rf: 2.00 min. This compound was prepared as example 6 from 2-chloro-6,7-dimethoxyquinoline (Pettit, Can. J. Chem. 1964, 42, 1764).
Example 29
2-[4-(1 -Ethylpropyl)piperazin-1 -yI]-4-trifluoromethylquinoline hydrochloride
H NMR (DMSO-d6) £0.99 (t, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 1.65 (m, 2H), 1.91 (m, 2H), 3.08 (m, 1H), 3.19 (m, 2H), 3.52 (m, 2H), 3.75 (m, 2H), 4.77 (m, 2H), 7.48 (t, J = 7 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (m, 2H), 7.88 (m, 2H), 11.19 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z 352 (MH+); Rf: 3.70 min. This compound was prepared from 2-chloro-4-trifluoromethylquinoline. The latter was prepared as described in the literature: R.D. Westland et al. J. Med. Chem. 1973, 16, 319-327.
Example 30
2-(4-Cyclopropylmethylpiperazin-1-yl)-6-methoxy-4-trifluoromethylquinoline hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.40 (m, 2H), 0.67 (m, 2H), 1.14 (m, 1 H), 3.01-3.16 (m, 4H), 3.46 (m, 2H), 3.64 (m, 2H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 4.66 (m, 2H), 7.16 (br s, 1H), 7.43 (dd, J = 7 Hz, 1 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d, J = 7 Hz, 1H), 10.70 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz 366 (MH+); Rf: 3.63 min.
Example 31
[4-(4-Cyclopropylmethylpiperazin-1-yl)-3,5-difluorophenyl]phenylmethanone hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.40 (m, 2H), 0.67 (m, 2H), 1.14 (m, 1H), 3.03-3.20 (m, 4H), 3.60 (m, 6H), 7.40 (m, 2H), 7.58 (m, 2H), 7.70 (m, 3H), 10.60 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz 357 (MH+); Rf: 3.53 min.
Example 32 [4-(4-CyclopropyImethylpiperazin-1-yl)-3,5-difluorophenyl]-(3-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)- methanone hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) £0.41 (m, 2H), 0.65 (m, 2H), 1.15 (m, 1 H), 3.06 (m, 2H), 3.18 (m, 2H), 3.50-3.70 (m, 6H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 7,33 (t, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.41 (m, 2H), 7.60 (m, 2H), 10.79 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 405 (MH+); Rf: 3.67 min.
Example 33
{6-[4-(1-Ethylpropyl)piperazin-1-yl]pyridin-3-yI}phenylmethanone hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.97 (t, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 1.65 (m, 2H), 1.90 (m, 2H), 3.02-3.22 (m, 3H), 3.49-3.69 (m, 4H), 4.60 (m, 2H), 7.08 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (m, 2H), 7.68 (m, 3H), 7.99 (dd, J = 8 Hz, 1 Hz, 1 H), 8.50 (d, J = 1 Hz, 1H), 10.90 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 338 (MH+); Rf: 3.00 min. Example 34
{2-[4-(1 -Ethylpropyl)piperazin-1 -yl]pyridin-4-yl}phenylmethanone hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.97 (t, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 1.63 (m, 2H), 1.85 (m, 2H), 3.12 (m, 3H), 3.47 (m, 4H), 4.43 (m, 2H), 6.91 (d, J = 6 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (s, 1H), 7.58 (t, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 7.70-7.84 (m, 3H), 8.33 (d, J = 6 Hz, 1H), 10.43 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z 338 (MH+); Rf: 2.97 min. This compound was prepared from 2-chloro-4-benzoylpyridine, which was prepared by Friedel-Crafts acylation of benzene with 2-chloro-4-chlorocarbonylpyridine.
Example 35 {4-[4-(1-Ethylpropyl)piperazin-1-yl]phenyl}-(4-hydroxyphenyl)methanone hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.97 (t, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 1.65 (m, 2H), 1.92 (m, 2H), 3.05-3.25 (m, 3H), 3.35-3.55 (m, 4H), 4.02 (m, 2H), 6.89 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 7.08 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 7.59 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 7.63 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 10.36 (s, 1 H), 10.60 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z 353 (MH+); Rf: 2.13 min.
Example 36
{6-[4-(1 -Ethylpropyl)piperazin-1 -yl]pyridin-3-yl}piperidin-1 -yl-methanone hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.97 (t, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 1.50 (m, 4H), 1.63 (m, 4H), 1.89 (m, 2H), 3.05- 3.20 (m, 3H), 3.50 (m, 8H), 4.46 (m, 2H), 7.04 (m, 1H), 7.70 (m, 1H), 8.18 (br s, 1H), 10.90 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 345 (MH+); Rf: 2.27 min.
Example 37 Λ/-Benzyl-6-[4-(1 -ethylpropyl)piperazin-1 -yl]-Λ/-methylnicotinamide hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.97 (t, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 1.63 (m, 2H), 1.88 (m, 2H), 2.89 (s, 3H), 3.09 (m, 3H), 3.50 (m, 4H), 4.45 (m, 2H), 4.62 (br s, 2H), 7.02 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.25-7.41 (m, 5H), 7.78 (m, 1H), 8.28 (br s, 1H), 10.78 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z 381 (MH+); Rf: 3.10 min.
Example 38
2-[4-(1-Ethylpropyl)piperazin-1-yl]-6-methoxyquinoline hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) £0.98 (t, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 1.66 (m, 2H), 1.92 (m, 2H), 3.11 (m, 1H), 3.31 (m, 2H), 3.57 (m, 2H), 3.82 (m, 2H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 4.74 (m, 2H), 7.41 (br s, 2H), 7.53 (m, 1H), 8.12 (br s, 1 H), 8.34 (br s, 1 H), 10.95 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z 314 (MH+); Rf: 2.17 min.
Example 39
6-[4-(1 -Ethylpropyl)piperazin-1 -yl]-A/-methyl-Λ/-phenylnicotinamide hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) £0.95 (t, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 1.62 (m, 2H), 1.83 (m, 2H), 3.05 (m, 3H), 3.34 (s, 3H), 3.43 (m, 4H), 4.35 (m, 2H), 6.76 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.21 (m, 3H), 7.31 (m, 2H), 7.42 (dd, J = 8 Hz, 1 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (d, J = 1 Hz, 1 H), 10.54 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz 367 (MH+); Rf: 2.90 min.
Example 40
{6-[4-(1 -Ethylpropyl)piperazin-1 -yl]pyridin-3-yl}-(4-fluorophenyl)methanone hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.95 (t, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 1.62 (m, 2H), 1.83 (m, 2H), 3.10 (m, 3H), 3.45- 3.65 (m, 4H), 4.55 (m, 2H), 7.05 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 7.78 (dd, J = 8 Hz, 4 Hz, 2H), 7.96 (dd, J = 8 Hz, 1 Hz, 1H), 8.48 (d, J = 1 Hz, 1H), 10.85 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz 356 (MH+); Rf: 2.40 min.
Example 41
2-[4-(1-Ethylpropyl)piperazin-1-yl]-4-methylquinoline hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.98 (t, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 1.64 (m, 2H), 1.92 (m, 2H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 3.12 (m, 1 H), 3.32 (m, 2H), 3.57 (m, 2H), 3.94 (m, 2H), 4.86 (m, 2H), 7.53 (br s, 2H), 7.80 (m, 1 H), 8.01 (m, 1 H), 8.32 (br s, 1 H), 11.20 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 298 (MH+); Rf: 1.26 min.
Example 42 2-[4-(1-Ethylpropyl)piperazin-1-yl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinoline hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.98 (t, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 1.50-2.03 (m, 8H), 2.63 (m, 2H), 2.90 (m, 2H), 3.00-3.33 (m, 3H), 3.50 (m, 2H), 3.75 (m, 2H), 4.48 (m, 2H), 7.13 (br s, 1 H), 7.75 (br s, 1 H), 11.10 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 288 (MH+); Rf: 1.83 min. This compound was prepared from 2-chloro-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinoIine (S.C. Zimmerman, Z. Zeng, J. Org. Chem. 1990, 55, 4789-5791 ).
Example 43
2-(4-Cyclopropylmethylpiperazin-1-yl)-6-methoxyquinoline hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.41 (m, 2H), 0.66 (m, 2H), 1.18 (m, 1 H), 3.02 (m, 2H), 3.13 (m, 2H), 3.52-3.69 (m, 4H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 4.71 (m, 2H), 7.41 (br s, 2H), 7.53 (m, 1 H), 8.12 (br s, 1 H), 8.34 (br s, 1H), 11.38 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 298 (MH+); Rf: 1.87 min.
Example 44
2-(4-lsopropylpiperazin-1 -yl)-6-methoxyquinoline hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) 51.32 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 3.28 (m, 2H), 3.53 (m, 3H), 3.80 (m, 1H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 4.85 (m, 2H), 7.43 (br s, 2H), 7.59 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 8.27 (br s, 1H), 8.34 (br s, 1H), 8.40 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1H), 11.60 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz 286 (MH+); Rf: 1.77 min.
Example 45 2-[4-(1 -Ethylpropyl)piperazin-1 -yl]-6-fluoro-4-methylquinoline hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-de) 50.98 (t, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 1.64 (m, 2H), 1.92 (m, 2H), 2.67 (s, 3H), 3.12 (m, 1H), 3.32 (m, 2H), 3.57-4.00 (m, 4H), 4.85 (m, 2H), 7.57 (br s, 2H), 7.68 (m, 1H), 7.82 (m, 1 H), 8.33 (br s, 1H), 11.10 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz 316 (MH+); Rf: 1.92 min. This compound was prepared from 2-chloro-6-fluoro-4-methylquinoline, which was prepared by acetoacetylation of 4-fluoroaniline, followed by acid-mediated ring-closure and conversion of the resulting carbostyryl into the chloroquinoline by treatment with phosphorus oxychlo- ride.
Example 46 2-(4-lsopropylpiperazin-1-yl)quinoline hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) 51.31 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 3.19 (m, 2H), 3.52 (m, 3H), 3.72 (m, 2H), 4.79 (m, 2H), 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.68 (m, 1H), 7.86 (m, 1H), 8.03 (m, 1 H), 8.31 (m, 1H), 11.45 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz 256 (MH+); Rf: 1.47 min. Example 47
2-(4-Cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl)-6-methoxyquinoline hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) £0.81 (m, 2H), 1.20 (brs, 2H), 2.86 (brs, 1H), 3.25-3.75 (m, 4H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 4.09 (m, 2H), 4.73 (m, 2H), 7.41 (m, 2H), 7.55 (m, 1H), 8.14 (m, 1H), 8.37 (m, 1H), 11.51 (brs, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz 284 (MH+); Rf: 180 min.
Example 48
2-(4-lsopropyl-piperazin-1-yl)-6-trifluoromethoxyquinoline hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £1-31 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 3.17 (m, 2H), 3.52 (m, 3H), 3.68 (m, 2H), 4.79 (m, 2H), 7.56 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.68 (br d, J = 7 Hz, 1 H), 7.91 (br s, 1 H), 8.04 (br s, 1 H), 8.35 (brd, J= 7 Hz, 1H), 11.28 (brs, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z340 (MH+); Rf: 3.04 min.
Example 49
6-Chloro-2-(4-cyclopropyl-piperazin-1-yl)-quinoline hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.81 (m, 2H), 1.14 (brs, 2H), 2.88 (brs, 1H), 3.25-3.70 (m, 6H), 4.67 (m, 2H), 7.44 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (m, 1H), 7.91 (brs, 1H), 8.18 (br d, J= 8 Hz, 1H), 10.75 (brs, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/ 288 (MH+); Rf: 1.77 min. Example 50
2-(4-Cyclopropyl-piperazin-1-yl)-6-trifluoromethoxyquinoline hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.81 (m, 2H), 1.15 (br s, 2H), 2.88 (br s, 1H), 3.20-3.70 (m, 6H), 4.68 (m, 2H), 7.49 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.59 (br d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.82 (m, 2H), 8.27 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 10.89 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 338 (MH+); Rf: 2.24 min.
Example 51
2-(4-lsopropyl-piperazin-1-yl)-8-trifluoromethylquinoline hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £1.31 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 3.10 (m, 2H), 3.51 (m, 5H), 4.72 (m, 2H), 7.38 (t, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.46 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.95 (br d, J = 7 Hz, 1 H), 8.05 (br d, J = 7 Hz, 1 H), 8.26 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 10.66 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz 324 (MH+); Rf: 3.08 min.
Example 52
2-(4-lsopropyl-piperazin-1-yl)-6-trifluoromethylquinoline hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) £ 1.31 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 3.12 (m, 2H), 3.50-3.68 (m, 5H), 4.78 (m, 2H), 7.52 (d, J = 7 Hz, 1 H), 7.88 (m, 2H), 8.26 (br s, 1 H), 8.36 (d, J = 7 Hz, 1 H), 10.95 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 324 (MH+); Rf: 2.11 min. Example 53
2-(4-lsopropyl-piperazin-1 -yl)-6-propylquinoline hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.91 (t, J = 7 Hz, 3H), 1.31 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 1.66 (sext, J= 7 Hz, 2H), 2.70 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 3.23 (m, 2H), 3.48-3.90 (m, 5H), 4.81 (m, 2H), 7.52 (m, 1H), 7.63 (m, 1 H), 7.70 (br s, 1 H), 8.09 (br s, 1 H), 8.34 (br s, 1 H), 11.35 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 298 (MH+); Rf: 1.97 min.
Example 54
6,8-Difluoro-2-(4-isopropylpiperazin-1-yI)quinoline hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) £1.31 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 3.09 (m, 2H), 3.51 (m, 5H), 4.66 (m, 2H), 7.45- 7.58 (m, 3H), 8.18 (d, J= 7 Hz, 1H), 10.92 (br s, 1H).
Example 55
8-Fluoro-2-(4-isopropylpiperazin-1-yl)quinoline hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £1.31 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 3.09 (m, 2H), 3.52 (m, 5H), 4.70 (m, 2H), 7.24 (m, 1 H), 7.40 (m, 2H), 7.59 (d, J = 7 Hz, 1 H), 8.20 (d, J = 7 Hz, 1 H), 10.84 (br s, 1 H). Example 56
2-(4-Cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl)-6-trifluoromethylquinoline hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) £0.81 (m, 2H), 1.19 (br s, 2H), 2.88 (br s, 1H), 3.20-3.70 (m, 6H), 4.73 (m, 2H), 7.52 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.86 (m, 2H), 8.26 (br s, 1 H), 8.33 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 11.12 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z 322 (MH+); Rf: 2.41 min.
Example 57
2-(4-Cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl)-6-propylquinoline hydrochloride
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.82 (m, 2H), 0.91 (t, J= 7 Hz, 3H), 1.18 (br s, 2H), 1.66 (sext, J= 7 Hz, 2H), 2.69 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.85 (br s, 1H), 3.30-3.75 (m, 6H), 4.72 (m, 2H), 7.51 (m, 1H), 7.62 (m, 1H), 7.69 (br s, 1H), 7.97 (brs, 1H), 8.33 (br s, 1H), 11.20 (brs, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz 296 (MH+); Rf: 1.97 min.
Example 58 2-(4-Ethylpiperazin-1-yl)quinoline hydrochloride
Reference can also be made to S. Cacchi et al., SynLett 1997, 1400-1402. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) £1-30 (t, J = 7 Hz, 3H), 3.15 (m, 4H), 3.55-3.85 (m, 4H), 4.81 (m, 2H), 7.47 (m, 1H), 7.53 (m, 1H), 7.74 (m, 1H), 7.89 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (br s, 1H), 8.40 (br s, 1 H), 11.34 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 242 (MH+); Rf: 1.04 min. Example 59 (General procedure (B)) 3-(4-lsopropyl-piperazin-1-yl)-6-phenyl-pyridazine, hydrochloride
This compound was prepared according to General Procedure (B), starting from 1- isopropylpiperazine and 3-chloro-6-phenylpyridazine, prepared as described in J. Heterocycl. Chem., 15, 881 (1978).
1H NMR (D2O): £ 1.46 (d, 6H); 3.28 (m, 2H); 3.48 (m, 2H); 3.64-3.84 (m, 3H); 4.57 (m, 2H); 7.63-7.72 (m, 4H); 7.90 (m, 2H); 8.12 (d, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz = 283.2 (M+1); Rt = 1.52 min.
Example 60 (General procedure (B)) 3-(4-CycIopentyl-piperazin-1 -yl)-6-(4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-pyridazine
This compound was prepared according to General Procedure (B), starting from 1- cyclopentylpiperazine and 3-chloro-6-(4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-pyridazine, prepared as described in J. Heterocycl. Chem., 15, 881 (1978). 1H NMR (CDCI3): £ 1.38-1.80 (m, 6H), 1.92 (m, 2H); 2.56 (quint, 1H); 2.66 (dd, 4H); 3.10 (s, 3H); 3.97 (dd, 4H); 6.99 (d, 1H); 7.69 (d, 1H); 8.03 (d, 2H); 8.20 (d, 2H); HPLC-MS: mlz =387.0 (M+1); R, = 2.20 min.
Example 61 (General procedure (B)) 3-(4-Cyclopropylmethyl-piperazin-1-yl)-6-(4-methanesulfonyl-phenyI)-pyridazine
This compound was prepared according to General Procedure (B), starting from 1- cyclopentylpiperazine and 3-chloro-6-(4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-pyridazine, prepared as described in J. Heterocycl. Chem., 15, 881 (1978). 1H NMR (CDCI3): £ 0.15 (q, 2H); 0.57 -(m, 2H); 0.92 (m, 1 H); 2.34 (d, 2H); 2.69 (dd, 4H); 3.10 (s, 3H); 3.80 (dd, 4H); 7.01 (d, 1 H); 7.70 (d, 1H); 8.03 (d, 2H); 8.21 (d, 2H); HPLC-MS : m/z = 373.4 (M+1); Rt = 2.04 min.
Example 62 (General procedure (B)) 3-(4-lsopropyl-piperazin-1-yl)-6-(4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-pyridazine
This compound was prepared according to General Procedure (B), starting from 1- isopropylpiperazine and 3-chloro-6-(4-methanesulfonyI-phenyl)-pyridazine, prepared as de- scribed in J. Heterocycl. Chem., 15, 881 (1978).
1H NMR (DMSO-de): 5 1.01 (d, 6H); 2.57 (m, 4H); 2.71 (m, 1 H); 3.26 (s, 3H); 3.67 (m, 4H); 7.39 (d, 1 H); 8.02 (d, 2H); 8.06 (d, 1 H); 8.30.(d, 2H); HPLC-MS: m/z = 360.8 (M+1); Rt = 1.43 min.
Example 63 (General procedure (B)) 3-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-6-(4-isopropyl-piperazin-1 -yl)-4-methyl-pyridazine, dihydrochloride
This compound was prepared according to General Procedure (B), starting from 1- isopropylpiperazine and 6-chloro-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-pyridazine, prepared as described in J. Heterocycl. Chem., 15, 881 (1978). 1H NMR (D2O): 5 1.08 (d, 6H); 2.10 (s, 1H); 3.01 (m, 2H); 3.23 (m, 2H); 3.28-3.44 (m, 3H); 4.31 (broad d, 2H); 7.27 (d, 2H); 7.34 (d, 2H); 7.58 (s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: m/z = 331.1 (M+1); Rt = 3.1 min. C18 H23 N4 Cl, 2 HCI Calc.: C 53.54 H 6.24 N 13.88 Found : C53.34 H 6.31 N 13.70.
Example 64 (General procedure (B))
3-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-6-(4-cyclopentyl-piperazin-1-yl)-4-methyl-pyridazine, hydrochloride
This compound was prepared according to General Procedure (B), starting from 1- cyclopentylpiperazine and 6-chloro-3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-pyridazine, prepared as described in J. Heterocycl. Chem., 15, 881 (1978).
1H NMR (D2O): 5 1.29-1.60 (m, 6H); 1.91 (m, 2H); 2.12 (s, 3H); 3.00 (m, 2H); 3.24 (m, 2H); 3.36 (m, 1H); 3.51 (broad d, 2H); 4.29 (broad d, 2H); 7.29 (d, 2H); 7.36 (d, 2H); 7.60 (s, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z = 357.1 (M+1); Rt = 3.25 min. C20 H25 N4 Cl, 2 HCI
Caic: C 55.89 H 6.33 N 13.04 Found : C55.83 H 6.47 N 12.93.
Example 65 (General procedure (B))
3-(4-Chlorophenyl)-6-(4-cyclopentylpiperazin-1-yl)-pyridazine
This compound was prepared as described in Example 6, starting from 1- cyclopentylpiperazine and 3-chloro-6-(4-chlorophenyl)-pyridazine, prepared as described in J. Heterocycl. Chem., 15, 881 (1978). The title compound was obtained as the free base. 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 1.39-1.81 (m, 6H), 1.91 (m, 2H), 2.56 (q, 1H), 2.66 (dd, 4H), 3.74 (dd, 4H), 6.96 (d, J = 9.5 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.61 (d, J = 9.5 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H); HPLC-MS (Method #): mlz = 343 (M+1 ); Rt = 2.93 min. Example 66 (General procedure (B)) 3-(4-Cyclopentylpiperazin-1-yl)-6-(3-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)-pyridazine, dihydrochloride
This compound was prepared as described in Example 6, starting from 1- cyclopentylpiperazine and 3-chloro-6-(3-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)-pyridazine, prepared as described in J. Heterocycl. Chem., 15, 881 (1978).
1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 5 1.45-2.15 (m, 8H), 3.17 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.77 (m, 5H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 7.34 (t, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, J = 9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.85-8.05 (m, 2H), 8.29 (d, J = 9.8 Hz, 1H), 11.75 (bs, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz = 357 (M+1 ); R, = 2.47 min.
Example 67 (General procedure (B))
3-(4-Cyclopentylpiperazin-1-yl)-6-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-pyridazine
This compound was prepared as described in Example 6, starting from 1- cyclopentylpiperazine and 3-chloro-6-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-pyridazine, prepared as described in J. Heterocycl. Chem., 15, 881 (1978). The title compound was obtained as the free base.
1H NMR (CDCI3): 5 1.40-1.65 (m, 4H), 1.73 (m, 2H), 1.91 (m, 2H), 2.55 (q, 1H), 2.66 (t, 4H), 3.72 (t, 4H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 6.93 (d, 1H), 6.97 (d, 1H), 7.36 (dd, 1H), 7.64 (d, 1H), 7.86 (d, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz = 370 (M+1 ); R, = 1.90 min.
Example 68 (General procedure (B)) 3-(4-Chlorophenyl)-6-(4-cyclopropylmethylpiperazin-1-yl)-pyridazine
This compound was prepared as described in Example 6, starting from 1- cyclopropylmethylpiperazine and 3-chloro-6-(4-chlorophenyl)-pyridazine, prepared as described in J. Heterocycl. Chem., 15, 881 (1978). The title compound was obtained as the free base.
1H NMR (CDCI3): 5 δ 0.46 (m, 2H), 0.88 (m, 2H), 1.33 (m, 1 H), 2.90 (d, 2H), 3.1-3.5 (m, 4H), 4.1-4.35 (m, 4H), 7.05 (d, 1H), 7.46 (d, 2H), 7.72 (d, 1H), 7.95 (d, 2H); HPLC-MS: m/z = 329 (M+1); Rt = 2.11 min.
Example 69 (General procedure (B)) [Name]
This compound was prepared as described in Example 6, starting from 1- cyclopentylpiperazine and 3-chloro-6-(4-trifluoromethylphenyl)-pyridazine, prepared as described in J. Heterocycl. Chem., 15, 881 (1978). The title compound was obtained as the free base. 1H NMR (CDCI3): 5 1.40-1.65 (m, 4H), 1.65-1.80 (m, 2H), 1.92 (m, 2H), 2.55 (q, 1H), 2.65 (t, 4H), 3.76 (t, 4H), 6.99 (d, 1H), 7.67 (d, 1H), 7.72 (d, 2H), 8.12 (d, 2H); HPLC-MS): mlz = 377 (M+1); Rt = 2.68 min.
Example 70 (General procedure (B))
3-(4-lsopropylpiperazin-1-yl)-6-(4-trifluoromethylphenyl)-pyridazine
This compound was prepared as described in Example 6, starting from 1 -isopropylpiperazine and 3-chloro-6-(4-trifluoromethylphenyl)-pyridazine, prepared as described in J. Heterocycl. Chem., 15, 881 (1978). The title compound was obtained as the free base. 1H NMR (DMSO-de): 5 1.20 (d, 6H), 2.8-4.2 (m, 9H), 7.47 (d, 1 H), 7.85 (d, 2H), 8.12 (d, 1H), 8.28 (d, 2H); HPLC-MS: mlz = 351 (M+1 ); Rt = 2.51 min. Example 71 (General procedure (B)) 3-(4-Cyclopropylmethylpiperazin-1-yl)-6-(4-trifluoromethylphenyI)-pyridazine
This compound was prepared as described in Example 6, starting from 1- cyclopropylmethylpiperazine and 3-chloro-6-(4-trifluoromethylphenyl)-pyridazine, prepared as described in J. Heterocycl. Chem., 15, 881 (1978). The title compound was obtained as the free base.
1H NMR (CDCI3): 5 0.15 (m, 2H), 0.57 (m, 2H), 0.92 (m, 1H), 2.33 (d, 2H), 2.69 (t, 4H), 3.79 (t, 4H), 7.00 (d, 1H), 7.67 (d, 1H), 7.72 (d, 2H), 8.12 (d, 2H); HPLC-MS: mlz = 363 (M+1); Rt = 2.65 min.
Example 72 (General procedure (B)) 3-(4-Chlorophenyl)-6-(4-isopropylpiperazin-1 -yl)-pyridazine
This compound was prepared as described in Example 6, starting from 1 -isopropylpiperazine and 3-chloro-6-(4-chlorophenyl)-pyridazine, prepared as described in J. Heterocycl. Chem., 15, 881 (1978). The title compound was obtained as the free base.
1H NMR (CDCI3): 5 1.10 (d, 6H), 2.68 (t, 4H), 2.75 (q, 1H), 3.73 (t, 4H), 6.97 (d, 1H), 7.43 (d, 2H), 7.61 (d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 2H); HPLC-MS: mlz= 317 (M+1); Rt = 2.03 min.
Example 73 (General procedure (B)) 3-(4-Cyclopropylmethylpiperazin-1-yl)-6-(3-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)-pyridazine
This compound was prepared as described in Example 6, starting from 1- cyclopropylmethylpiperazine and 3-chloro-6-(3-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)-pyridazine, prepared as described in J. Heterocycl. Chem., 15, 881 (1978). The title compound was obtained as the free base. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): £ 0.40 (m, 2H), 0.65 (m, 2H), 1.15 (m, 1H), 2.8-3.7 (m, 10H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 7.29 (t, 1H), 7.47 (d, 1 H), 7.88 (d, 1 H), 7.93 (d, 1H), 8.06 (d, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz = 343 (M+1 ); Rt = 1.90 min.
Example 74 (General procedure (B)) 3-(3-Fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)-6-(4-isopropylpiperazin-1-yl)-pyridazine
This compound was prepared as described in Example 6, starting from 1 -isopropylpiperazine and 3-chloro-6-(3-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)-pyridazine, prepared as described in J. Heterocycl. Chem., 15, 881 (1978). The title compound was obtained as the free base.
1H NMR (CDCI3): £1.11 (d, 6H), 2.70 (m, 4H), 2.80 (q, 1 H), 3.74 (m, 4H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 6.96 (d, 1 H), 7.04 (t, 1 H), 7.57 (d, 1 H), 7.72 (d, 1H), 7.78 (m, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz = 331 (M+1); Rt = 1.57 min.
Example 75 (General procedure (B))
3-(3,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)-6-(4-isopropylpiperazin-1 -yl)-pyridazine , dihydrochloride
This compound was prepared as described in Example 6, starting from 1 -isopropylpiperazine and 3-chloro-6-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-pyridazine, prepared as described in J. Heterocycl. Chem., 15, 881 (1978).
1H NMR (DMSO-de): 5 1.32 (d, 6H), 3.17 (q, 1H), 3.3-4.1 (m, 6H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 4.56 (d, 2H), 7.09 (d, 1H), 7.62 (d, 1H), 7.68-7.73 (m, 2H), 8.23 (d, 1H), 11.35 (s, 1H); HPLC- MS: mlz= 343 (M+1); Rt = 1.50 min.
Example 76 (General procedure (B)) (9a-f?)-2-(6-Trifluoromethoxyquinolin-2-yl)octahydropyrido[1,2-a]pyrazine hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from (9a-R)- octahydropyrido[1 ,2-a]pyrazine and 2-chloro-6-trifluoromethoxyquinoline. 1H NMR (DMSO-de) 51.40-1.55 (m, 1H), 1.65-2.08 (m, 5H), 2.93 (m, 1H), 3.18 (m, 1H), 3.25- 3.55 (m, 4H), 3.71 (m, 1H), 4.85 (m, 2H), 7.61 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 8.19 (br s, 1H), 8.39 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 11.60 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z 352 (MH+); Rt = 2.67 min.
Example 77 (General procedure (B))
! 7-Fluoro-2-(4-isopropylpiperazin-1-yl)-6-methylquinoline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1 -isopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-7-fluoro-6-methylquinoline.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) £ 1.32 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 3.26 (m, 2H), 3.54 (m, 3H), 3.83 (m, 2H), 4.88 (br s, 2H), 7.49 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (br s, 1H), 8.35 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 11.57 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 287 (MH+); Rt = 1.47 min.
Example 78 (General procedure (B)) 7-Chloro-2-(4-isopropylpiperazin-1 -yl)quinoline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1 -isopropylpiperazine and 2,7-dichloroquinoline.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) £ 1.31 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 3.23 (m, 2H), 3.53 (m, 3H), 3.79 (m, 2H), 4.87 (br s, 2H), 7.48 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.54 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.92 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (br s, 1 H), 8.38 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 11.50 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 289 (MH+); Rt = 1.61 min.
Example 79 (General procedure (B)) 6-Fluoro-2-(4-isopropylpiperazin-1 -yl)quinoline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1 -isopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-6-fluoroquinoline.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £ 1.31 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 3.22 (m. 2H), 3.53 (m, 3H), 3.79 (m, 2H), 4.85 (br s, 2H), 7.55-7.70 (m, 2H), 7.45 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (br s, 1 H), 8.36 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 11.52 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z 274 (MH+); Rt = 1.21 min.
Example 80 (General procedure (B))
2-(4-Cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl)-7-fluoro-6-methylquinoline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-7-fluoro-6-methylquinoline.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) £ 0.82 (m, 2H), 1.20 (m, 2H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.87 (m, 1H), 3.25-4.15 (m,
6H), 4.74 (br s, 2H), 7.43 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (m, 2H), 8.28 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 11.36 (br s,
1H); HPLC-MS: mlz 287 (MH+); Rt = 1.47 min. Example 81 (General procedure (B))
2-(4-Cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl)-7-fluoro-6-methoxyquinoline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-7-fluoro-6-methoxyquinoline.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.82 (m, 2H), 1.18 (m, 2H), 2.88 (m, 1H), 3.25-4.10 (m, 6H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 4.64 (br s, 2H), 7.40 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (br s, 1H), 8.24 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 11.11 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz 301 (MH+); Rt = 1.37 min.
Example 82 (General procedure (B))
7-Fluoro-2-(4-isopropylpiperazin-1-yl)-6-methoxyquinoline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1 -isopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-7-fluoro-6-methoxyquinoline. ■ ■
1H NMR (DMSO-de) 51.31 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 3.16 (m, 2H), 3.45-4.05 (m, 5H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 4.72 (m, 2H), 7.42 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.56 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.83 (br s, 1 H), 8.25 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 11.13 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz 303 (MH+); Rt = 1.41 min.
Example 83 (General procedure (B))
(9a-f?)-2-(7-Fluoro-6-methoxyquinolin-2-yl)octahydropyrido[1,2-a]pyrazine hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from (9a-R)- octahydropyrido[1 ,2-a]pyrazine and 2-chloro-7-fluoro-6-methoxyquinoline. 1H NMR (DMSO-de) 51.40-1.55 (m, 1 H), 1.65-2.08 (m, 5H), 2.93 (m, 1H), 3.20 (m, 1H), 3.25- 3.55 (m, 4H), 3.73 (m, 1H), 4.81 (m, 2H), 7.50 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 8.13 (br s, 1H), 8.34 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1H), 11.59 (brs, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z315 (MH+); Rt = 1.41 min.
Example 84 (General procedure (B))
(9a-R)-2-(6-Trifluoromethylquinolin-2-yl)octahydropyrido[1 ,2-]pyrazine hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from (9a-R)- octahydropyrido[1 ,2-a]pyrazine and 2-ch!oro-6-trifluoromethylquinoline. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) 1.40-1.55 (m, 1H), 1.65-2.05 (m, 5H), 2.92 (m, 1H), 3.20 (m, 1H), 3.30- 3.55 (m, 4H), 3.70 (m, 1H), 4.88 (m, 2H), 7.61 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (br s, 1H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 8.43 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 11.60 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz 335 (MH+); Rt = 2.27 min.
Example 85 (General procedure (B))
7-Fluoro-2-(4-isopropylpiperazin-1 -yl)quinoline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1 -isopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-7-fluoroquinoline. H NMR (DMSO-d6) £ 1.31 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 3.19 (m, 2H), 3.45-4.20 (m, 5H), 4.84 (m, 2H), 7.32 (m, 1H), 7.45 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (br s, 1H), 7.95 (m, 1H), 8.35 (m, 1H), 11.35 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z274 (MH+); Rt = 1.31 min.
Example 86 (General procedure (B))
6-Chloro-2-(4-isopropylpiperazin-1 -yl)quinoline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1 -isopropylpiperazine - and 2;6-dichloroquinoline.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £ 1.31 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 3.19 (m, 2H), 3.45-3.80 (m, 5H), 4.82 (m, 2H), 7.55 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 8.07 (br s, 1H), 8.29 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 11.38 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 290 (MH+); Rt = 1.64 min.
Example 87 (General procedure (B))
6-lsopropyl-2-(4-isopropylpiperazin-1-yl)quinoline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1 -isopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-6-isopropylquinoline.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £ 1.27 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 1.32 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 3.05 (sept, J = 7 Hz, 1 H), 3.26 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.95 (m, 5H), 4.86 (m, 2H), 7.55 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 8.21 (br s, 1H), 8.42 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 11.55 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz 298 (MH+); Rt = 1.87 min. Example 88 (General procedure (B))
2-(4-Cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl)-6-isopropylquinoline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-6-isopropylquinoline. H NMR (DMSO-d6) £0.83 (m, 2H), 1.20 (m, 2H), 1.27 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 2.86 (br s, 1H), 3.04 (sept, J = 7 Hz, 1H), 3.25-3.85 (m, 5H), 4.15 (br s, 1H), 4.74 (m, 2H), 7.53 (m, 1H), 7.70 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 8.06 (br s, 1H), 8.38 (m, 1H), 11.41 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz (MH+); Rt = min.
Example 89 (General procedure (B))
2-(4-CyclopropyIpiperazin-1 -yl)quinoline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 2-chloroquinoline.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) £0.83 (m, 2H), 1.19 (m, 2H), 2.87 (br s, 1H), 3.30-3.80 (m, 6H), 4.74 (m, 2H), 7.45 (m, 1H), 7.52 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (m, 1H), 7.89 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (brs, 1H), 8.38 (m, 1 H), 11.22 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz (MH+); Rt = min.
Example 90 (General procedure (B))
2-(4-Cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl)-6,7-dimethoxyquinoline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-6,7-dimethoxyquinoline.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.82 (m, 2H), 1.20 (m, 2H), 2.87 (br s, 1 H), 3.25-3.75 (m, 6H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 4.66 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.50 (m, 3H), 8.24 (br s, 1H), 11.38 (br s, 1H); HPLC- MS: mlz 314 (MH+); Rt = 1.27 min.
Example 91 (General procedure (B))
2-(4-lsopropylpiperazin-1-yl)-6,7-dimethoxyquinoline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1 -isopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-6,7-dimethoxyquinoline.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) 5 1.32 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 3.25 (m, 2H), 3.45-4.00 (m, 5H), 3.87 (s, 3H),
3.91 (s, 3H), 4.80 (m, 2H), 7.39 (m, 2H), 7.96 (br s, 1H), 8.34 (br s, 1H), 11.50 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 316 (MH+); Rt = 1.27 min.
Example 92 (General procedure (B))
2-(4-Cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl)-7-fluoroquinoline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-7-fluoroquinoline.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.82 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 2H), 2.87 (br s, 1 H), 3.30-3.80 (m, 6H), 4.79 (m,
2H), 7.34 (m, 1H), 7.47 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (br s, 1H), 7.96 (m, 1H), 8.37 (m, 1H), 11.55 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 271 (MH+); Rt = 1.24 min. Example 93 (General procedure (B))
2-(4-Cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl)6,8-difluoroquinoline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-6,8-difluoroquinoline.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) £0.82 (m, 2H), 1.19 (m, 2H), 2.87 (br s, 1H), 3.20-3.70 (m, 6H), 4.63 (m, 2H), 7.48 (m, 3H), 8.19 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 11.11 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: m/z 290 (MH+); Rt = 2.27 min.
Example 94 (General procedure (B))
2-(4-Cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl)-6-fluoroquinoline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-6-fluoroquinoline.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.82 (m, 2H), 1.21 (m, 2H), 2.87 (br s, 1 H), 3.30-3.80 (m, 6H), 4.73 (m, 2H), 7.56 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (m, 1H), 7.71 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 8.09 (br s, 1H), 8.33 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 11.42 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 272 (MH+); Rt = 1.27 min.
Example 95 (General procedure (B))
7-Chloro-2-(4-cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl)quinoline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 2,7-dichloroquinoline. 1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.82 (m, 2H), 1.20 (m, 2H), 2.87 (br s, 1H), 3.25-3.75 (m, 6H), 4.72 (m, 2H), 7.40 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (br s, 1H), 8.29 (d, J - 8 Hz, 1H), 11.29 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z288 (MH+); Rt = 1.71 min.
Example 96 (General procedure (B))
(9a-f?)-2-Quinolin-2-yl-octahydropyrido[1,2-a]pyrazine hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from (9a-R)- octahydropyrido[1 ,2-a]pyrazine and 2-chloroquinoline.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £1.40-1.55 (m, 1H), 1.65-2.10 (m, 5H), 2.92 (m, 1H), 3.25 (m, 1H), 3.35- 3.90 (m, 5H), 4.90 (m, 2H), 7.49 (m, 1 H), 7.59 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.77 (m, 1 H), 7.92 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 8.32 (brs, 1H), 8.46 (m, 1H), 11.69 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z268 (MH+); Rt = 1.07 min.
Example 97 (General procedure (B))
(9a-/?)-2-(6-Chloroquinolin-2-yl)octahydropyrido[1,2-a]pyrazine hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from (9a-R)- octahydropyrido[1 ,2-a]pyrazine and 2,6-dichloroquinoline.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £1.40-1.55 (m, 1H), 1.65-2.05 (m, 5H), 2.93 (m, 1H), 3.18 (m, 1H), 3.25- 3.55 (m, 4H), 3.68 (m, 1H), 4.90 (m, 2H), 7.56 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (s, 1 H), 8.07 (br s, 1 H), 8.29 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 11.47 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 302 (MH+); Rt = 1.81 min. Example 98 (General procedure (B))
(9a-R)-2-(7-Fluoro-6-methylquinolin-2-yl)octahydropyrido[1,2-a]pyrazine hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from (9a-R)- octahydropyrido[1 ,2-a]pyrazine and 2-chloro-7-fluoro-6-methylquinoline. 1H NMR (DMSO-de) £1.40-1.55 (m, 1H), 1.65-2.10 (m, 5H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.92 (m, 1H), 3.23 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.60 (m, 4H), 3.80 (m, 1H), 4.87 (m, 2H), 7.51 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (br s, 1H), 8.36 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1H), 11.77 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z 300 (MH+); Rt = 1.54 min.
Example 99 (General procedure (B))
(9a-R)-2-(6-Propylquinolin-2-yl)octahydropyrido[1,2-a]pyrazine hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from (9a-R)- octahydropyrido[1 ,2-a]pyrazine and 2-chloro-6-propylquinoline.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.91 (t, J = 7 Hz, 3H), 1.40-1.55 (m, 1H), 1.60-2.10 (m, 7H), 2.70 (t, J - 7 Hz, 2H), 2.92 (m, 1H), 3.24 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.85 (m, 5H), 4.88 (m, 2H), 7.57 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.65 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.72 (s, 1 H), 8.28 (br s, 1 H), 8.41 (m, 1 H), 11.69 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 309 (MH+); Rt = 2.27 min.
Example 100 (General procedure (B))
2-(4-lsopropylpiperazin-1-yl)quinoxaline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1 -isopropylpiperazine and 2-chloroquinoxaline.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £1.31 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 3.13 (m, 2H), 3.45-3.65 (m, 5H), 4.75 (m, 2H), 7.48 (m, 1H), 7.66 (m, 2H), 7.88 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 8.91 (s, 1H), 11.15 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: A77/z257 (MH+); Rt = 1.25 min.
Example 101 (General procedure (B))
[4-(4-Cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl)phenyl]phenylmethanone hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 4-fluorobenzophenone.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.82 (m, 2H), 1.16 (m, 2H), 2.92 (br s, 1 H), 3.30-3.40 (m, 4H), 3.56 (br s, 2H), 4.09 (m, 2H), 7.12 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 7.54 (m, 2H), 7.60-7.75 (m, 5H), 10.82 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 307 (MH+); Rt = 2.00 min.
Example 102 (General procedure (B))
[4-(4-Cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl)-3,5-difluorophenyl]phenylmethanone hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 3,4,5-trifluorobenzophenone.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) £0.82 (m, 2H), 1.16 (m, 2H), 2.96 (br s, 1 H), 3.30-3.75 (m, 8H), 7.43 (d,
J = 8 Hz, 2H), 7.58 (t, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 7.65-7.78 (m, 3H), 10.90 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz 343 (MH+); Rt = 2.29 min. Example 103 (General procedure (B))
2-(4-lsopropylpiperazin-1-yl)-5,6,7-trimethoxyquinoIine hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1 -isopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-5,6,7-trimethoxyquinoline.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £ 1.31 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 3.21 (m, 2H), 3.45-3.85 (m, 5H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.99 (s, 3H), 4.78 (m, 2H), 7.31 (m, 1 H), 7.56 (m, 1 H), 8.31 (m, 1H), 11.36 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz 346 (MH+); Rt = 1.22 min.
Example 104 (General procedure (B))
2-(4-Cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl)-5,6,7-trimethoxyquinoline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 2-chIoro-5,6,7-trimethoxyquinoline.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.82 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 2H), 2.87 (br s, 1 H), 3.30-4.10 (m, 6H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 4.76 (m, 2H), 7.33 (m, 1 H), 7.65 (br s, 1H), 8.34 (m, 1H), 11.62 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 344 (MH+); Rt = 1.46 min.
Example 105 (General procedure (B))
2-(4-Cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl)-6-trifluoromethylsulfanylquinoline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 2-chIoro-6-trifIuoromethylsulfanylquinoline. 1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.82 (m, 2H), 1.20 (m, 2H), 2.86 (br s, 1H), 3.20-3.70 (m, 6H), 4.75 (m, 2H), 7.53 (m, 1H), 7.86 (m, 2H), 8.20-8.40 (m, 2H), 11.28 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz 354 (MH+); Rt = 2.61 min.
Example 106 (General procedure (B))
7-Chloro-2-(4-cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl)-6-methoxyquinoline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 2,7-dichloro-6-methoxyquinoline.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) £0.82 (m, 2H), 1.16 (m, 2H), 2.88 (m, 1H), 3.25-3.70 (m, 6H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 4.62 (m, 2H), 7.45 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.96 (br s, 1H), 8.23 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 10.98 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z318 (MH+); Rt = 1.80 min.
Example 107 (General procedure (B))
5,7-Dichloro-2-(4-cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl)quinoline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 2,5,7-trichloroquinoline.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.82 (m, 2H), 1.19 (m, 2H), 2.86 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.65 (m, 6H), 4.69 (m, 2H), 7.51 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 8.30 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 11.24 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz 322 (MH+); Rt = 2.78 min.
Example 108 (General procedure (B))
1-Cyclopropyl-4-[5-(4-trifluoromethylphenyl)pyridin-2-yl]piperazine hydrochloride
The required 2-chloro-5-(4-trifluorophenyl)pyridine was prepared as described by R. Church, R. Trust, J. D. Albright, and D. Powell, J. Org. Chem. 1995, 60, 3750-3758, in the following way: To a solution of Vilsmeier reagent prepared from dimethylformamide (5.98 g, 0.082 mol) and phosphorus oxychloride (22.5 g, 0.146 mol) at 10 °C, 4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl acetic acid (6.64 g, 0.033 mol) was added. The mixture was stirred at 70 °C for 8 h. After cooling to ambient temperature, the mixture was added slowly to a mixture of ice and water (temperature was < 10 °C) and then the solution of Na2CO3 was added slowly until pH 11 was reached. Toluene (125 ml) was added to the alkaline mixture and the resulting mixture was refluxed for 1.5 h. After cooling to ambient temperature the separated water layer was extracted with toluene (100 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with water, dried (Na2SO ), and concentrated under reduced pressure.The resulting solid was recrystallized from a mixture of dichloromethane and heptane to yield 6.98 g (87%) of 3-dimethylamino-2-(4- trifluoromethylphenyl)propenal as yellow crystals, mp. 97 °C.
1H NMR spectrum (CDCI3) 59.10 (s, 1H), 7.57 (m, 2H), 7.32 (m, 2H), 6.95 (s, 1H), 2.85 (s, 6H); RF(SiO2, chloroform/methanol 95 : 5) 0.34.
To a solution of sodium methoxide (3.64 g, 0.068 mol) in methanol (68 ml) cyanoacetamide (6.95 g, 0.082 mol) and the previous product (6.98 g, 0.029 mol) were added. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 1.5 h and then refluxed for 8 h. During this time a yellow solid precipitated. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (75 ml), and acidified with 10% aqueous hydrochloric acid. The yellow solid was filtered off, washed with water, ethanol, diethyl ether, and then with hexane. This afforded 2-hydroxy-5-(4- trifluoromethylphenyl)nicotinonitrile (6.66 g, 87%) as a yellow solid, mp. 235-242 °C. 1H NMR (DMSO-de) £8.42 (m, 1H), 7.91 (m, 1H), 7.66 (m, 4H); RF(SiO2, chloroform/methanol 95 : 5) 0.18.
The previous product (6.66 g, 0.025 mol) was added to a mixture of acetic acid (100 ml) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (70 ml). The reaction mixture was refluxed for 18 h, diluted with water (200 ml), and allowed to cool to room temperature while stirring. The solid was filtered off, washed with water and then with 50% aqueous ethanol, to yield 5.42 g (77%) of 2-hydroxy-5-(4-trifluoromethylphenyl)nicotinic acid as a light-gray solid, mp. 305-315 °C. 1H NMR (DMSO-de) 58.71 (d, 1H), 8.43 (d, 1H), 7.96 (m, 2H), 7.81 (m, 2H); RF (SiO2, chloro- form/methanol 95 : 5): 0.13. A mixture of the previous product (5.42 g, 0.019 mol) and freshly distilled quinoline (50 ml) was stirred at 215 °C for 12 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and heptane (250 ml) was added. The solid was filtered off, washed with heptane, and recrystal- lized from a mixture of dichloromethane and heptane to yield 3.92 g (86%) of 2-hydroxy-5-(4- trifluoromethylphenyl)pyridine, mp. 178-182 °C. 1H NMR (CDCI3) £7.79 (dd, 2H), 7.68 (d, 3H), 7.52 (d, 2H), 6.73 (d, 1H); RF (SiO2, chloro- form/methanol 95 : 5) 0.23.
A mixture of phosphorus oxychloride (27.6 g, 0.18 mol) and the previous product (3.92 g, 0.016 mol) was stirred at 105 °C for 10 h. The excess phosphorus oxychloride was evaporated under reduced pressure, and the residue was stripped once with toluene (75 ml). Water 75 (ml) and dichloromethane (75 ml) were added to the residue, the dichloromethane layer was separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with dichloromethane (75 ml). The combined extracts were washed with water, then with solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate, dried (MgSO ), and concentrated under reduced pressure, to yield 2.95 g (72%) of 2- chloro-5-(4-trifluoromethylphenyl)pyridine as light-brown crystals, mp 98-101 °C. 1H NMR (CDCI3) 58.62 (dd, 1 H), 7.86 (dd, 1 H), 7.44 (dd, 1H), 7.66 (m, 2H), 7.75 (m, 2 H); RF (SiO2, chloroform/methanol 95 : 5) 0.94.
This product was treated with 1-cyclopropylpiperazine as described in General Procedure (B) to yield the title compound. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) £0.83 (m, 2H), 1.13 (m, 2H), 2.85 (m, 1H), 3.25-3.75 (m, 6H), 4.51 (m, 2H), 7.12 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 7.89 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 8.05 (m, 1 H), 8.59 (m, 1 H), 10.56 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 348 (MH+); Rt = 2.77 min.
Example 109 (General procedure (B))
3-(4-Cyclopropylpiperazin-1 -yl)-6-(4-trifluoromethylphenyl)pyridazine hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 3-chloro-6-(4-trifluorornethylphenyl)pyridazine.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) 50.83 (m, 2H), 1.19 (m, 2H), 2.89 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.70 (m, 6H), 4.61 (m, 2H), 7.61 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 8.22 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 11.11 (brs, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz 349 (MH+); Rt = 2.40 min.
Example 110 (General procedure (B))
6-(4-Cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl)-[1 ,3]dioxolo[4,5-g]quinoline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 6-chloro[1 ,3]dioxolo[4,5-g]quinoline.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) 50.83 (m, 2H), 1.15 (m, 2H), 2.88 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.70 (m, 6H), 4.59 (m, 2H), 6.17 (s, 2H), 7.29 (m, 3H), 8.13 (m, 1H), 10.80 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z298 (MH+); Rt = 0.68 min.
Example 111 (General procedure (B))
6-Cyclohexyl-2-(4-cyclopropylpiperazin-1 -yl)quinoline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-6-cyclohexylquinoline.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.83 (m, 2H), 1.10-1.55 (m, 8H), 1.70-1.93 (m, 4H), 2.65 (m, 1 H), 2.86 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.70 (m, 6H), 4.72 (m, 2H), 7.50 (m, 1H), 7.66 (m, 1 H), 7.72 (m, 1H), 7.99 (br s, 1 H), 8.35 (br s, 1 H), 11.29 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 336 (MH+); Rt = 2.55 min.
Example 112 (General procedure (B))
6-Cyclohexyl-2-(4-isopropylpiperazin-1-yl)quinoline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1 -isopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-6-cyclohexylquinoline.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) 51.10-1.55 (m, 8H), 1.31 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 1.70-1.93 (m, 4H), 2.65 (m, 1H), 3.23 (m, 2H), 3.50-3.85 (m, 3H), 4.80 (m, 2H), 7.51 (m, 1 H), 7.67 (m, 1 H), 7.73 (m, 1H), 8.08 (br s, 1H), 8.36 (br s, 1 H), 11.31 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: m/z 338 (MH+); Rt = 2.50 min.
Example 113 (General procedure (B))
2-(4-Cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl)-6,7-dimethoxy-3-methylquinoline hydrochloride
The required 2-chloro-6,7-dimethoxy-3-methylquinoline was prepared according to the procedure published in Tetrahedron Letters 1979, 4885, in the following way: To a solution of 3,4-dimethoxyaniiine (4.70 g, 30.7 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 ml) were added pyridine (8.0 ml, 3 equivalents) and then dropwise propionyl chloride (3.5 ml, 40.5 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 1 h and 50 min the mixture was poured into a mixture of water (200 ml) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (8 ml). The phases were separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted once with dichloromethane. Washing of the combined organic phases with brine, drying with magnesium sulfate, and concentration yielded 6.89 g of an oil which crystallized after a few minutes. Recrystallization from a mixture of ethyl acetate and heptane yielded 3.60 g (49%) of Λ/-(3,4- dimethoxyphenyl)propionamide as dark crystals.
This anilide (2.1 g, 10.0 mmol) was mixed with DMF (1.1 ml, 15 mmol), and to this mixture POCI3 (6.5 ml, 70 mmol) was dropwise added at room temperature. When the addition is fin- ished the mixture is stirred at 75 oC for 2 h. The mixture was poured into ice-water (100 ml), stirred for 30 min, and filtered. The solid was stripped with toluene and acetonitrile, to yield 1.60 g (67%) of 2-chloro-6,7-dimethoxy-3-methylquinoline as a solid. This product was treated with 1-cyclopropylpiperazine as described in General Procedure (B) to yield the title compound. 1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.83 (m, 2H), 1.23 (m, 2H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.94 (m, 1H), 3.40-4.50 (m, 8H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 7.29 (s, 1H), 7.48 (br s, 1H), 8.12 (br s, 1H), 11.24 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z328 (MH+); Rt = 1.63 min.
Example 114 (General procedure (B))
6-(4-lsopropylpiperazin-1-yl)-[1,3]dioxolo[4,5-g]quinoline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1 -isopropylpiperazine and 6-chloro[1 ,3]dioxolo[4,5-g]quinoline. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) £ 1.31 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 3.40 (m, 2H), 3.45-4.00 (m, 5H), 4.72 (m, 2H), 6.21 (s, 2H), 7.34 (m, 2H), 7.62 (br s, 1H), 8.21 (m, 1H), 11.12 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z300 (MH+); Rt = 0.65 min. Example 115 (General procedure (B))
[3,5-Difluoro-4-(4-isopropyl-piperazin-1 -yl)-phenyl]-piperidin-1 -yl-methanone hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) by reaction of 1- isopropylpiperazine with 3,4,5-trifluorobenzoic acid piperidide. This reaction yielded two products, namely the current example and example 121.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £ 1.31 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 1.40-1.62 (m, 6H), 3.09 (m, 2H), 3.20-3.65 (m, 11 H), 7.12 (m, 2H), 10.42 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz 352 (MH+); Rt = 3.75 min.
Example 116 (General procedure (B))
(9a-R)-2-(6,7-Dimethoxyquinolin-2-yl)octahydropyrido[1 ,2-a]pyrazine hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from (9a-f?)- octahydropyrido[1 ,2-a]pyrazine and 2-chloro-6,7-dimethoxyquinoline.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £1.40-1.55 (m, 1 H), 1.65-2.05 (m, 5H), 2.93 (m, 1H), 3.22 (m, 1H), 3.25- 3.60 (m, 4H), 3.65-4.20 (m, 1 H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 4.79 (m, 2H), 7.40 (m, 2H), 8.00 (br s, 1 H), 8.33 (br s, 1 H), 11.55 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 328 (MH+); Rt = 0.97 min.
Example 117 (General procedure (B))
2-(4-Cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinoIine hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinoline.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.81 (m, 2H), 1.17 (m, 2H), 1.67-1.82 (m, 4H), 2.62 (m, 2H), 2.75-2.95
(m, 3H), 3.20-3.65 (m, 6H), 4.37 (m, 2H), 7.02 (br s, 1H), 7.63 (br s, 1 H), 11.10 (br s, 1 H);
HPLC-MS: m/z 258 (MH+); Rt = 0.62 min.
Example 118 (General procedure (B))
[5-Chloro-6-(4-cyclopropylpiperazin-1 -yl)pyridin-3-yl]piperidin-1 -ylmethanone hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 5,6-dichloronicotinic acid piperidide.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.82 (m, 2H), 1.12 (m, 2H), 1.45-1.65 (m, 6H), 2.96 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.60 (m, 10H), 3.96 (m, 2H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 10.68 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz 349 (MH+); Rt = 1.50 min.
Example 119 (General procedure (B))
(9a- )-[6-(Octahydropyrido[1 ,2-a]pyrazin-2-yl)pyridin-3-yl]piperidin-1 -ylmethanone hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from (9a-f?)- octahydropyrido[1 ,2-a]pyrazine and 6-chloronicotinic acid piperidide. 1H NMR (DMSO-de) £ 1.51 (m, 3H), 1.60 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.98 (m, 3H), 2.90-3.25 (m, 4H), 3.30- 3.50 (m, 5H), 3.74 (m, 6H), 4.50 (m, 2H), 7.02 (d, = 7 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (d, J = 7 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1 H), 10.86 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z 329 (MH+); Rt = 1.31 min.
Example 120 (General procedure (B))
[6-(4-Cyclopropylpiperazin-1 -yl)pyridin-3-yl]piperidin-1 -ylmethanone hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 6-chloronicotinic acid piperidide.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.81 (m, 2H), 1.17 (m, 2H), 1.51 (m, 4H), 1.60 (m, 2H), 2.87 (m, 1 H), 3.20-3.60 (m, 10H), 4.47 (m, 2H), 7.01 (d, J = 7 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (d, J = 7 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1 H), 11.04 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 315 (MH+); Rt = 1.22 min.
Example 121 (General procedure (B))
[3,4-Difluoro-5-(4-isopropyl-piperazin-1 -yl)-phenyl]-piperidin-1 -yl-methanone hydrochloride
N λγ
CH3
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) by reaction of 1- isopropylpiperazine with 3,4,5-trifluorobenzoic acid piperidide. This reaction yielded two products, namely the current example and example 115
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) £ 1.31 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 1.40-1.65 (m, 6H), 3.12-3.62 (m, 13H), 6.89 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.09 (m, 1 H), 11.09 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 352 (MH+); Rt = 3.95 min.
Example 122 (General procedure (B)) [4-(4-lsopropyl-piperazin-1-yl)-3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl]-piperidin-1-yl-methanone hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) by reaction of 1- isopropylpiperazine with 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzoic acid piperidide. 1H NMR (DMSO-de) £ 1.31 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 1.40-1.65 (m, 6H), 3.05 (m, 1H), 3.15 (m, 1H), 3.28 (m, 8H), 3.52 (m, 3H), 7.57 (br d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (br s, 1H), 7.71 (br d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 10.39 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: m/z 384 (MH+); Rt = 4.21 min.
Example 123
2-(4-Cyclopropyl-3-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-6,7-dimethoxy-quinoline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared by reductive cyclopropylation of 6,7-dimethoxy-2-(3- methylpiperazin-1-yl)quinoline as described by Gillaspy, M. L.; Lefker, B. A.; Hada, W. A.; and Hoover, D. J. in Tetrahedron Lett. 1995, 36 (41), 7399-7402.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.82 (m, 1H), 0.99 (m, 2H), 1.40 (m, 1H), 1.55 (d, J = 7 Hz, 3H), 2.76 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.80 (m, 5H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 4.65-4.83 (m, 2H), 7.38 (br s, 2H), 7.82 (br s, 1 H), 8.31 (br s, 1 H), 11.30 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 328 (MH+); Rt = 3.09 min.
Example 124 (General procedure (B))
[6-(4-Cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl]pyrrolidin-1-yl-methanone hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 6-chloronicotinic acid pyrrolidide.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) £0.81 (m, 2H), 1.15 (m, 2H), 1.84 (m, 4H), 2.88 (m, 1H), 3.15-3.60 (m, 10H), 4.49 (m, 2H), 7.00 (d, J = 7 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (d, J = 7 Hz, 1H), 8.38 (s, 1H), 10.91 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 301 (MH+); Rt = 1.22 min.
Example 125 (General procedure (B))
2-(4-lsopropylpiperazin-1 -yl)quinoline-6-carbonitrile hydrochloride
To a mixture of ethyl 3,3-diethoxypropionate (62 g, 326 mmol) and water (100 ml) was added NaOH (16.0 g) while stirring. Stirring at 110 °C (open flask). After 40 min the mixture was homogeneous, heating was interrupted, and the mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature. The mixture was acidified (approx 35 ml cone. HCI, pH 3-2) and extracted (4 x dichloromethane). The combined extracts were washed with brine (1 x 50 ml), dried (magnesium sulfate), and concentrated.48 g of an oil was obtained. To the oil was dropwise added thionyl chloride (80 ml). The mixture was stirred at reflux (80 oC) for 1 h 30 min. After careful concentration the residue weighted 48 g (theoretical wheight should be 43 g). The acid chloride was kept overnight at -20 oC. This product is mixed with dichloromethane (70 ml) and 5/7 of this solution (approx 230 mmol) was added to a solution of 4-bromoaniline (34.5 g, 201 mmol) and pyridine (50 ml) in dichloromethane (150 ml), and the mixture was shaken at room temperature over night. The mixture was filtered, and the resulting solid was washed with dichloromethane, and dried, to yield 21 g of Λ/-(4-bromophenyl)-3-ethoxyacrylamide as colorless solid. To the filtrate was added a mixture of water (700 ml) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (50 ml). A solid precipitated upon shaking, and was filtered off, washed with dichloromethane and AcOEt, and dried. Additional 14.4 g of product were obtained.
The filtrates were extracted (3 x dichloromethane), washed once with brine, dried, and concentrated. Additional 18 g of product resulted. Total yield: 53.4 g.
This product (58.8 g; 218 mmol) was mixed with ice-cold concentrated sulfuric acid (390 ml) and the mixture was stirred first at 0 oC for 15 min (until almost all acrylamide had dissolved) and then at room temperature for 4 h. The mixture was then poured into ice water (3 I) and allowed to stand overnight. The mixture was filtered, and the solid was washed with water. The solid was transferred into a flask with the aid of acetonitrile, ethanol, and dichloromethane, and the suspension was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was resuspended in acetonitrile (300 ml), heated to reflux, and allowed to stand at room tempera- ture overnight. Filtration and drying of the solid under reduced pressure yielded 31.3 g (64%) of 6-bromo-2-quinolone as a yellow solid.
This quinolone (6.28 g, 28.0 mmol) was mixed with copper(l) cyanide (5.02 g, 56.1 mmol) and NMP (15 ml), and the mixture was stirred under reflux (202 oC) for 6 h, and then at room temperature overnight. Water (150 ml) was added, the mixture was filtered, and the solid was washed with water. The solid was resuspended in 1N hydrochloric acid (200 ml) and iron(lll) chloride hexahydrate (17.8 g) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 d, filtered, and the solid was washed once with water, stripped with ethanol, and dried under reduced pressure, to yield 4.33 g (91%) of 6-cyano-2-quinolone as a gray solid. Treatment of the product with POCI3 and then with 1 -isopropylpiperazine as described in the General Procedure (B) yielded the title compound.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £ 1.31 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 3.10 (m, 2H), 3.52 (m, 5H), 4.79 (m, 2H), 7.49 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.71 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.86 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 8.23 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 8.35 (s, 1 H), 10.73 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 281 (MH+); Rt = 1.62 min.
Example 126 (General procedure (B))
3-(4-Cyclopropylpiperazin-1 -yl)-6-phenylpyridazine hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 3-chloro-6-phenylpyridazine.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.82 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 2H), 2.88 (br s, 1H), 3.37 (m, 2H), 3.59 (m, 4H), 4.57 (m, 2H), 7.53 (m, 3H), 7.80 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 8.06 (m, 2H), 8.29 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 11.47 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z281 (MH+); Rt = 1.43 min.
Example 127 (General procedure (B))
3-(4-Cyclopropylpiperazin-1 -yl)-6-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyI)pyridazine hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 3-chloro-6-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)pyridazine.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.83 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 2H), 2.88 (br s, 1H), 3.36 (m, 2H), 3.60 (m, 4H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 4.53 (m, 2H), 7.14 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (m, 2H), 7.86 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 8.37 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 11.43 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z 341 (MH+); Rt = 1.45 min.
Example 128 (General procedure (B))
7-(4-lsopropylpiperazin-1 -yl)-2,3-dihydro-[1 ,4]dioxino[2,3-g]quinoline
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1 -isopropylpiperazine and 7-chloro-2,3-dihydro[1 ,4,]dioxino[2,3-g]quinoline. 1H NMR (DMSO-de) £1.00 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 2.67 (hept, J = 7 Hz, 1H), 3.33 (s, 4H), 3.56 (m, 4H), 4.29 (m, 4H), 6.95 (s, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (s, 1H), 7.84 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z314 (MH+); Rt = 1.14 min.
Example 129
2-(4-Cyclopropyl-3-methylpiperazin-1-yl)quinoline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared by reductive cyclopropylation of 2-(3-methylpiperazin-1- yl)quinoline as described by Gillaspy, M. L.; Lefker, B. A.; Hada, W. A.; and Hoover, D. J. in Tetrahedron Lett. 1995, 36 (41), 7399-7402.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.82 (m, 1H), 1.00 (m, 2H), 1.41 (m, 1 H), 1.56 (d, J = 7 Hz, 3H), 2.76 (m, 1 H), 3.25-3.80 (m, 5H), 4.81 (m, 2H), 7.44 (br s, 1 H), 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.72 (m, 1H), 7.88 (m, 1 H), 8.11 (br s, 1 H), 8.37 (br s, 1 H), 11.40 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz 268 (MH+); Rt = 1.18 min.
Example 130 (General procedure (B))
6-Cyclopropylmethoxy-2-(4-cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl)quinoline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1 -isopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-6-(cyclopropylmethyloxy)quinoline. The required 2-chloro-6- (cyclopropylmethyloxy)quinoline was prepared by treatment of 6-(cyclopropylmethyloxy)-2- quinolone with POCI3. 6-(Cyclopropylmethyloxy)-2-quinolone was prepared from the corre- sponding 6-hydroxyquinolone by treatment with (bromomethyl)cycylopropane and potassium carbonate in dimethyl formamide in the presence of catalytic amounts of sodium iodide. 1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.35 (m, 2H), 0.60 (m, 2H), 0.82 (m, 2H), 1.20 (m, 2H), 1.28 (m, 1H), 2.87 (br s, 1H), 3.25-4.20 (m, 6H), 3.92 (d, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 4.70 (m, 2H), 7.30-7.60 (m, 3H), 8.08 (br s, 1 H), 8.32 (br s, 1 H), 11.37 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 324 (MH+); Rt = 1.94 min.
Example 131 (General procedure (B))
2-(4-lsopropylpiperazin-1-yl)-6-pyrazol-1-ylquinoline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1 -isopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-6-(1-pyrazolyl)quinoline. The required 2-chloro-6-(1-pyrazolyl)quinoline was prepared by treatment of 6-(1-pyrazolyl)-2-quinolone with POCI3. 6-(1-Pyrazolyl)-2-quinolone was prepared in the following way:
A mixture of 6-bromo-2-quinolone (3.58 g, 16.0 mmol), DMF (15 ml), pyrazole (1.66 g, 24.4 mmol), potassium carbonate (3.33 g, 24.1 mmol), and copper(l) iodide (0.76 g, 3.99 mmol) was stirred at 160 oC for 22 h. Water (300 ml) was added, and after thorough trituration the mixture was filtered, and the solid was washed with water. The solid was stripped with EtOH, resuspended in a mixture of acetonitrile and ethanol (100 ml, 1 :1), heated to reflux, and kept at room temperature overnight. Filtration, washing with a bit of acetonitrile, and drying under reduced pressure yielded 1.7 g (50%) of 6-(1-pyrazolyl)-2-quinolone as a metallic-green solid.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £ 1.32 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 3.10-3.70 (m, 7H), 4.81 (m, 2H), 6.60 (m, 1H), 7.56 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 8.09 (m, 1H), 8.22 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 8.32 (s, 1H), 8.38 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 8.58 (m, 1H), 11.11 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z 322 (MH+); Rt = 1.67 min.
Example 132 (General procedure (B))
2-(4-lsopropylpiperazin-1 -yl)quinolin-6-ol hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1 -isopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-6-hydroxyquinoline.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) £1-31 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 3.15-3.90 (m, 7H), 4.79 (m, 2H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 7.33 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (br s, 1H), 8.35 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1H), 10.17 (br s, 1H), 11.41 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z272 (MH+); Rt = 0.40 min.
Example 133 (General procedure (B))
2-(4-Cyclopropylpiperazin-1 -yl)quinoline-6-carbonitrile hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-6-cyanoquinoline.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.83 (m, 2H), 1.15 (m, 2H), 2.87 (br s, 1H), 3.20-3.65 (m, 6H), 4.74 (m, 2H), 7.49 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.72 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.86 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 8.24 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 8.35 (s, 1 H), 10.88 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 279 (MH+); Rt = 1.43 min.
Example 134 (General procedure (B))
(9a-R)-2-(Octahydropyrido[1 ,2-a]pyrazin-2-yl)quinoline-6-carbonitrile hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from (9a-f?)- octahydropyrido[1 ,2-a]pyrazine and 2-chloro-6-cyanoquinoIine. 1H NMR (DMSO-de) £1.40-1.60 (m, 1H), 1.65-2.00 (m, 5H), 2.85-3.65 (m, 7H), 4.80 (m, 2H), 7.53 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.79 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.89 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 8.37 (s, 1 H), 11.31 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 293 (MH+); Rt = 1.72 min.
Example 135 (General procedure (B))
4-Chloro-6-(4-isopropylpiperazin-1-yl)-3-phenylpyridazine hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1 -isopropylpiperazine and 4,6-dichloro-3-phenylpyridazine.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £1.31 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 3.13 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.65 (m, 5H), 4.63 (m, 2H), 7.50 (m, 3H), 7.63 (m, 2H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 11.01 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z 317 (MH+); Rt = 2.11 min.
Example 136 (General procedure (B))
3-(4-Cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl)-6-(3-trifluoromethylphenyl)pyridazine hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 3-chloro-6-(3-trifluoromethylphenyl)pyridazine.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.83 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 2H), 2.89 (br s, 1H), 3.35 (m, 2H), 3.59 (m, 4H), 4.63 (m, 2H), 7.68 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (m, 1H), 7.84 (m, 1H), 8.32 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 8.40 (m, 2H), 11.40 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 349 (MH+); Rt = 2.43 min. Example 137
1 -[2-(4-lsopropylpiperazin-1 -yl)quinolin-6-yl]ethanone hydrochloride
This product was prepared by treatment of 2-(4-isopropylpiperazin-1-yl)quinoline-6- carbonitrile with an excess of methylmagnesium bromide in tetrahydrofuran. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) £1-31 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 2.65 (s, 3H), 3.18 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.80 (m, 5H), 4.82 (m, 2H), 7.52 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (br s, 1 H), 8.15 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 8.40 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 8.54 (s, 1H), 11.16 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z 298 (MH+); Rt = 1.47 min.
Example 138 (General procedure (B))
3-(4-lsopropylpiperazin-1-yl)-6-phenylpyridazine-4-carbonitrile hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1 -isopropylpiperazine and 3-chloro-6-phenylpyridazine-4-carbonitriIe.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £ 1.32 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 3.23 (m, 2H), 3.50-3.75 (m, 5H), 4.46 (m, 2H), 7.55 (m, 3H), 8.13 (d, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 8.72 (s, 1 H), 10.67 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: m/z 308 (MH+); Rt = 2.16 min. Example 139 (General procedure (B)) 6-Bromo-2-(4-isopropylpiperazin-1-yl)quinoline
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1 -isopropylpiperazine and 6-bromo-2-chloroquinoline.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) 1.00 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 2.52 (m, 4H), 2.69 (sept, J = 7 Hz, 1 H), 3.68 (m, 4H), 7.28 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.60 (dd, J = 1 Hz, 8 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, J = 1 Hz, 1 H), 8.00 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H).
Example 140 (General procedure (B))
2-(4-Cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl)-6-pyrazol-1-ylquinoline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-6-pyrazol-1-ylquinoline.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) 50.83 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 2H), 2.88 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.80 (m, 6H), 4.79 (m, 2H), 6.61 (m, 1 H), 7.59 (d, J = 6 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1 H), 8.10-8.30 (m, 2H), 8.34 (s, 1 H), 8.41 (d, J = 6 Hz, 1 H), 8.59 (s, 1 H), 11.47 (br s, 1 H); HPLC-MS: mlz 320 (MH+); Rt = 1.64 min.
Example 141 (General procedure (B))
7-Chloro-2-(4-cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl)quinolin-6-ol hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 2,7-dichloro-6-hydroxyquinoline. The required 2,7-dichloro-6-hydroxyquinoline was prepared by demethylation with boron tribromide in dichloromethane of 2,7-dichloro-6- methoxyquinoline, which was prepared from 3-chloro-4-methoxyaniline as described by F. Effenberger and W. Hartmann in Chemische Berichte 1969, 102, 3260-3267. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) 50.83 (m, 2H), 1.14 (m, 2H), 2.88 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.80 (m, 6H), 4.61 (m, 2H), 7.32 (s, 1H), 7.42 (m, 1H), 7.96 (m, 1H), 8.21 (m, 1H), 10.65 (brs, 1H), 10.84 (brs, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz 304 (MH+); Rt = 1.06 min.
Example 142
[2-(4-Cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl)quinolin-6-yl]-(4-fluorophenyl)methanone hydrochloride
This product was prepared by treatment of 2-(4-cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl)quinoIine-6- carbonitrile with an excess of (4-fluorophenyl)magnesium bromide in tetrahydrofuran. 1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.84 (m, 2H), 1.14 (m, 2H), 2.89 (m, 1H), 3.25-3.90 (m, 6H), 4.77 (m, 2H), 7.44 (m, 3H), 7.76 (m, 1H), 7.86 (m, 2H), 7.98 (m, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 8.34 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 10.65 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz 376 (MH+); Rt = 2.61 min.
Example 143 (General procedure (B))
Cyclopropyl-[2-(4-cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl)quinolin-6-yl]methanone hydrochloride
This product was prepared by treatment of 2-(4-cyclopropyIpiperazin-1-yl)quinoline-6- carbonitrile with an excess of cyclopropylmagnesium bromide in tetrahydrofuran. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) £0.83 (m, 2H), 1.07 (m, 4H), 1.18 (m, 2H), 2.88 (m, 1H), 3.00 (quint, J = 7 Hz, 1H), 3.30-3.70 (m, 6H), 4.76 (m, 2H), 7.50 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (br s, 1H), 8.18 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 8.37 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 8.66 (s, 1H), 11.05 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz 322 (MH+); Rt = 1.98 min.
Example 144 (General procedure (B))
2-(4-Cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl)-6-(4-fluorobenzyloxy)quinoline hydrochloride
This compound was prepared using the General Procedure (B) from 1-cyclopropylpiperazine and 2-chloro-6-(4-fluorobenzyloxy)quinoline. 1H NMR (DMSO-de) £0.83 (m, 2H), 1.20 (m, 2H), 2.87 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.80 (m, 6H), 4.70 (m, 2H), 5.18 (s, 2H), 7.25 (t, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 7.54 (m, 5H), 8.08 (br s, 1H), 8.33 (m, 1H), 11.34 (br s, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz 378 (MH+); Rt = 2.53 min.
Example 145
6-Cyclohex-1 -enyl-2-(4-isopropylpiperazin-1 -yI)quinoline hydrochloride
This product was prepared by treatment of 6-bromo-2-(4-isopropylpiperazin-1-yl)quinoline with butyllithium and then with cyclohexanone. Upon acidic workup the tertiary alcohol underwent elimination to yield the title compound.
1H NMR (DMSO-de) £ 1.31 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H), 1.60-1.80 (m, 4H), 2.22 (m, 2H), 2.45 (m, 2H), 3.23 (m, 2H), 3.45-4.00 (m, 5H), 4.78 (m, 2H), 6.34 (m, 1H), 7.50 (m, 1H), 7.86 (m, 2H), 7.98 (brs, 1H), 8.34 (m, 1H), 11.06 (brs, 1H); HPLC-MS: mlz 336 (MH+); Rt = 2.50 min.
Example 146 (General procedure (C))
1-(Biphenyl-3-yl)-4-(cyclopentyl)piperazine
A mixture of 3-bromobiphenyl (300 mg, 1.28 mmol), 1 -cyclopentylpiperazine (238 mg, 1.54 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (173 mg, 1.8 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (12 mg, 0.01 mmol) and racemic 2,2'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1'binaphthyl (24 mg, 0.04 mmol) in toluene (11 ml) was mixted under nitrogen in a closed reaction vessel. The reaction mixture was stirred at 80°C for 3 days in a closed reaction vessel. It was cooled to room temperature and washed with water (2 x 10 ml). The combined organic layers were extracted with 1 N hydrochloric acid (2 x 20 ml). The combined aqueous extracts were made basic with an 1 N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution and extracted with tert-butyl methyl ether (3 x 20 ml). The tert-butyl methyl ether layers were dried over magnesium sulphate. The solvent was removed in vacuo to give 220 mg of the title compound. 1H-NMR (CDCI3, two sets of signals, broad signals) δ 1.35-1.85 (m, 6 H); 1.95 (m, 2 H); 2.55 (m, 1 H); 2.70 (m, 4 H); 3.30 (m, 4 H); 6.95 (d, 1 H); 7.05 (d, 1 H); 7.15 (s, 1 H); 7.35 (t, 2 H); 7.45 (t, 2 H); 7.60 (d, 2 H). HPLC method B: elution at 10.45 min.
The title compound was transferred into its hydrochloride salt, by dissolving it in ethyl acetate (5 ml). A 3.2 M solution of hydrogen chloride in ethyl acetate (5 ml) was added. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in ethanol (50 ml). The solvent was removed in vacuo.
Example 147 (General procedure (C)) 1 -Cyclopentyl-4-[4-(2-(pyrrolidin-1 -yl)ethoxy)phenyl]piperazine
86 mg of the title compound were synthesized as described for 1-(biphenyl-3-yl)-4- (cyclopentyl)piperazine, using 1-(2-(4-bromophenoxy)ethyl)pyrrolidine instead of 3- bromobiphenyl.
1H-NMR (DMSO-de) δ 1.55 (m, 2 H); 1.75 (m, 2 H); 1.85 (m, 4 H); 2.00 (m, 4 H); 3.10 (m, 6 H); 3.40-3.70 (m, 9 H); 4.30 (t, 2 H); 7.00 (AB, 4 H); 10.80 (br, 1 H); 11.10 (br, 1 H). HPLC method C: elution at 2.24 min. MS: calc. for [M+H]+: 344; found: 344.
The title compound was transferred into its hydrochloride salt, by dissolving it in ethyl acetate (5 ml). A 3.2 M solution of hydrogen chloride in ethyl acetate (5 ml) was added. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in ethanol (50 ml). The solvent was removed in vacuo.
Example 148 (General procedure (C))
1-(Biphenyl-4-yl)-4-(cyclopentyl)piperazine
180 mg of the title compound were synthesized as described for 1-(biphenyl-3-yl)-4- (cyclopentyl)piperazine, using 4-bromobiphenyl instead of 3-bromobiphenyl.
1H-NMR (CDCIa) δ 1.80-2.00 (m, 8 H); 2.55 (m, 1 H); 2.70 (m, 4 H); 3.20 (m, 4 H); 7.00 (d, 2 H); 7.30 (m, 1 H); 7.40 (t, 2 H); and 7.55 (m, together 4 H). HPLC method C: elution at 4.52 min.
The title compound was transferred into its hydrochloride salt, by dissolving it in ethyl acetate (5 ml). A 3.2 M solution of hydrogen chloride in ethyl acetate (5 ml) was added. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in ethanol (50 ml). The solvent was removed in vacuo.
Example 149 (General procedure (C))
[3-(4-(Cyclopentyl)piperazin-1-yl)phenyl]-(4-fluorophenyl)methanone
300 mg of the title compound were synthesized as described for 1-(biphenyl-3-yl)-4- (cyclopentyl)piperazine, using 3-bromo-4'-fluorobenzophenone instead of 3-bromobiphenyl. 1H-NMR (CDCI3) δ 1.45 (m, 2 H); 1.60 (m, 2 H); 1.75 (m, 2 H); 1.90 (m, 2 H); 2.55 (quintet, 1 H); 2.70 (m, 4 H); 3.30 (m, 4 H); 7.15 (m, 4 H); 7.35 (m, 2 H); 7.85 (m, 2 H). HPLC method C: elution at 4.22 min. MS: calc. for [M+H]+: 353; found: 353.
The title compound was transferred into its hydrochloride salt, by dissolving it in ethyl acetate (5 ml). A 3.2 M solution of hydrogen chloride in ethyl acetate (5 ml) was added. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in ethanol (50 ml). The solvent was removed in vacuo.
The following compounds are also within the scope of the present invention:
PHARMACOLOGICAL METHODS
The ability of the compounds to interact with the histamine H3 receptor can be determined by the following in vitro binding assays.
Binding assay I
Rat cerebral cortex is homogenized in ice cold K-Hepes, 5 mM MgCI2 pH 7.1 buffer. After two differential centrifugations the last pellet is resuspended in fresh Hepes buffer containing 1 mg/ml bacitracin. Aliquots of the membrane suspension (400 μg/ml) are incubated for 60 min at 25°C with 30 pM [125l]-iodoproxifan, a known histamine H3 receptor antagonist, and the test compound at various concentrations. The incubation is stopped by dilution with ice-cold medium, followed by rapid filtration through Whatman GF/B filters pretreated for 1 hour with 0.5% polyethyleneimine. The radioactivity retained on the filters is counted using a Cobra II auto gamma counter. The radioactivity of the filters is indirectly proportional to the binding affinity of the tested compound. The results are analyzed by nonlinear regression analysis. Binding assay II
The H3-receptor agonist ligand R-α-methyl[3H]histamine (RAMHA) is incubated with isolated rat cortex cell-membranes at 25 °C for 1 hour, followed by a filtration of the incubate through Whatman GF/B filters. Radioactivity retained on the filters is measured using a beta counter. Male Wistar rats (150-200 g) are decapitated and cerebral cortex is quickly dissected out and frozen immediately on dry ice. Tissue is kept at -80 °C until membrane preparation. During the membrane preparation the tissue is kept on ice all the time. Rat cerebral cortex is homogenized in 10 volumes (w/w) ice-cold Hepes buffer (20 mM Hepes, 5 mM MgCI2 pH 7.1 (KOH) + 1 mg/ml bacitracin) using an Ultra-Turrax homogenizer for 30 seconds. The ho- mogenate is centrifuged at 140 g in 10 min. The supernatant is transferred to a new test tube and centrifuged for 30 min at 23 000 g. Pellet is resuspended in 5-10 ml Hepes buffer, homogenized and centrifuged for 10 min at 23 000 g. This short centrifugation step is repeated twice. After the last centrifugation the pellet is resuspended in 2-4 ml Hepes buffer and the protein concentration is determined. The membranes are diluted to a protein concentration of 5 mg/ml using Hepes buffer, aliquoted and stored at -80 °C until use.
50 μl test-compound, 100 μl membrane (200 μg/ml), 300 μl Hepes buffer and 50 μl R-α- methyl[3H]histamine (1 nM) are mixed in a test tube. The compounds to be tested are dissolved in DMSO and further diluted in H2O to the desired concentrations. Radioligand and membranes are diluted in Hepes buffer + 1 mg/ml bacitracin. The mixture is incubated for 60 min at 25 °C. Incubation is terminated by adding 5 ml ice-cold 0.9% NaCI, followed by rapid filtration through Whatman GF/B filters pre-treated for 1hour with 0.5% polyethyleneimine. The filters are washed with 2 x 5 ml ice-cold NaCI. To each filter a 3 ml scintillation cocktail is added and the radioactivity retained is measured with a Packard Tri-Carb beta counter. IC50 values are calculated by non-linear regression analysis of binding curves (6 points mini- mum) using the windows program GraphPad Prism, GraphPad software, USA.
Binding assay III
The human H3 receptor is cloned by PCR and subcloned into the pcDNA3 expression vector. Cells stably expressing the H3 receptor are generated by transfecting the H3-expression vectors into HEK 293 cells and using G418 to select for H3 clones. The human H3-HEK 293 clones are cultured in DMEM (GIBCO-BRL) with glutamax, 10% foetal calf serum, 1% peni- cillin/streptavidin and 1 mg/ml G 418 at 37 °C and 5% CO2. Before harvesting, the confluent cells are rinsed with PBS and incubated with Versene (proteinase, GIBCO-BRL) for approximately 5 min. The cells are flushed with PBS and DMEM and the cell suspension collected in a tube and centrifuged for 5-10 min at 1500 rpm in a Heraeus Sepatech Megafuge 1.0. The pellet is resuspended in 10-20 vol. Hepes buffer (20 mM Hepes, 5 mM MgCI2, pH 7.1 (KOH)) and homogenized for 10-20 seconds using an Ultra-Turrax homogenizer. The homogenate is centrifuged for 30 min at 23 000 g. The pellet is resuspended in 5-10 ml Hepes buffer, homogenized 5-10 seconds with the Ultra-Turrax and centrifuged for 10 min at 23000 g. Fol- lowing this centrifugation step, the membrane pellet is resuspended in 2-4 ml Hepes buffer, homogenized with a syringe or Teflon homogenizer, and the protein concentration determined. The membranes are diluted to a protein concentration of 1-5 mg/ml in Hepes buffer, aliquoted and kept at -80 °C until use. Aliquots of the membrane suspension are incubated for 60 min at 25 °C with 30 pM [125l]- iodoproxifan, a known compound with high affinity for the H3 receptor, and the test compound at various concentrations. The incubation is stopped by dilution with ice-cold medium, followed by rapid filtration through Whatman GF/B filters pretreated for 1 hour with 0.5% polyethyleneimine. The radioactivity retained on the filters is counted using a Cobra II auto gamma counter. The radioactivity of the filters is indirectly proportional to the binding affinity of the tested compound. The results are analysed by nonlinear regression analysis.
When tested, the present compounds of the formula (I) generally show a high binding affinity to the histamine H3 receptor.
Preferably, the compounds according to the invention have an IC50 value as determined by one or more of the assays of less than 10 μM, more preferred of less than 1 μM, and even more preferred of less than 500 nM, such as of less than 100 nM.
Functional assay I
The ability of the compounds to interact with the histamine H3 receptor as agonists, inverse agonists and/or antagonists, is determined by an in vitro functional assay utilizing membranes from HEK 293 cell expressing the human H3 receptors. The H3 receptor is cloned by PCR and subcloned into the pcDNA3 expression vector. Cells stably expressing the H3 receptor are generated by transfecting the H3-expression vectors into HEK 293 cells and using G418 to select for H3 clones. The human H3-HEK 293 clones are cultured in DMEM with glutamax, 10% foetal calf serum, 1% penicillin/streptavidin and 1 mg/ml G 418 at 37°C and 5% CO2. The H3 receptor expressing cells are washed once with phosphate buffered saline (PBS) and harvested using versene (GIBCO-BRL). PBS is added and the cells are centrifuged for 5 min at 188 g. The cell pellet is resuspended in stimulation buffer to a concentration of 1 x 106 cells/ml. cAMP accumulation is measured using the Flash Plate® cAMP assay (NEN™ Life Science Products). The assay is generally performed as described by the manufacturer. Briefly, 50 μl cell suspension is added to each well of the Flashplate which also contained 25 μl 40 μM isoprenaline, to stimulate cAMP generation, and 25 μl of test compound (either agonists or inverse agonists alone, or agonist and antagonist in combination). The assay can be run in "agonist-mode" which means that the test compound is added, in increasing con- centration, on its own, to the cells, and cAMP is measured. If cAMP goes up, it is an inverse agonist; if cAMP does not change, it is a neutral antagonist, and if cAMP goes down, it is an agonist. The assay can also be run in the "antagonist-mode" which means that a test compound is added, in increasing concentrations, together with increasing concentrations of a known H3 agonist (eg RAMHA). If the compound is an antagonist, increasing concentrations of it cause a right-ward shift in the H3-agonist's dose-response curves. The final volume in each well is 100 μl. Test compounds are dissolved in DMSO and diluted in H2O. The mixture is shaken for 5 min, and allowed to stand for 25 min at room temperature. The reaction is stopped with 100 μl "Detection Mix" per well. The plates are then sealed with plastic, shaken for 30 min, allowed to stand overnight, and finally the radioactivity is counted in the Cobra II auto gamma topcounter. EC50 values are calculated by non-linear regression analysis of dose response curves (6 points minimum) using GraphPad Prism. Kb values are calculated by Schild plot analysis.
Functional assay II
The ability of the compounds to bind and interact with the human H3 receptor as agonists, inverse agonists and/or antagonists, is determined by a functional assay, named [35S]
GTPγS assay. The assay measures the activation of G proteins by catalyzing the exchange of guanosine 5'-diphosphate (GDP) by guanosine 5'-triphosphate (GTP) at the α-subunit. The GTP-bounded G proteins dissociate into two subunits, GOCQTP and Gβγ, which in turn regulate intracellular enzymes and ion channels. GTP is rapidly hydrolysed by the Gα-sub- unit (GTPases) and the G protein is deactivated and ready for a new GTP exchange cycle. To study the function of ligand induced G protein coupled receptor (GPCR) activation by an increase in guanine nucleotide exchange at the G proteins, the binding of [35S]-guanosine-5'- O-(3-thio) triphosphate [35S] GTPγS, a non-hydrolysed analogue of GTP, is determined. This process can be monitored in vitro by incubating cell membranes containing the G protein coupled receptor H3 with GDP and [35S] GTPγS. Cell membranes are obtained from CHO cells stably expressing the human H3 receptor. The cells are washed twice in PBS, harvested with PBS+1 mM EDTA, pH 7.4 and centrifuged at 1000 rpm for 5 min. The cell pellet is homogenized in 10 ml ice-cold Hepes buffer (20 mM Hepes, 10 M EDTA pH 7.4 (NaOH)) using an Ultra-Turrax homogenizer for 30 seconds and centrifuged for 15 min at 20.000 rpm. Following this centrifugation step, the membrane pellet is resuspended in 10 ml ice-cold Hepes buffer (20 mM Hepes, 0.1 mM EDTA pH 7.4 (NaOH)) and homogenized as describe above. This procedure is repeated twice except for the last homogenization step, the protein concentration is determined and membranes are diluted to a protein concentration at 2 mg/ml, aliquoted and kept at -80 °C until use.
In order to study the presence and the potency of an inverse agonist/antagonist the H3- receptor agonist ligand R-σ-methyl histamine (RAMHA) is added. The ability of the test compound to counteract the effect of RAMHA is measured. When studying the effect of an ago- nist RAMHA is not added to the assay medium. The test compound is diluted in the assay buffer (20 mM HEPES, 120 mM NaCI, 10 mM MgCI2 pH 7.4 (NaOH)) at various concentrations followed by addition of 10"8 nM RAMHA (only in the case where an inverse agonist/antagonist is examined), 3 μM GDP, 2.5 μg membranes, 0.5 mg SPA beads and 0.1 nM [35S] GTPγS and incubated for 2 hours by slightly shaking at room temperature. The plates are centrifuged at 1500 rpm for 10 min and the radioactivity is measured using a Top- counter. The results are analyzed by non linear regression and the IC50 value is determined. RAMHA and other H3 agonists stimulate the binding of [35S] GTPγS to membranes expressing the H3 receptor. In the antagonist/inverse agonist test, the ability of increasing amounts of test compound to inhibit the increased [35S] GTPγS binding by 10"8 M RAMHA is measured as a decrease in radioactivity signal. The IC50 value determined for an antagonist is the ability of this compound to inhibit the effect of 10"8M RAMHA by 50%. In the agonist test, the ability of increasing amounts of test compound is measured as an increase in radioactivity signal. The EC50 value determined for an agonist, is the ability of this compound to increase the signal by 50% of the maximal signal that is obtained by 10"5 M RAMHA. Preferably, the antagonists and agonists according to the invention have an IC50/EC5o value as determined by one or more of the assays of less than 10 μM, more preferred of less than 1 μM, and even more preferred of less than 500 nM, such as of less than 100 nM.
The open cage Schedule-fed rat model
The ability of the present compounds to reduce weight is determined using the in vivo open cage Schedule-fed rat model.
Sprague-Dawley (SD) male rats of an age of about VΛ to 2 months and a weight of about 200-250 g are purchased from Møllegard Breeding and Research Centre A/S (Denmark). On arrival they are allowed some days of acclimatisation before being placed in individual open plastic cages. They are habituated to the presence of food (Altromin pelleted rat chow) in their home cage only during 7 hours in the morning from 07.30 to14.30 all days a week. Water is present ad libitum. As the consumption of food has stabilised after 7 to 9 days, the animals are ready for use.
Each animal is used only once to avoid carry-over effects between treatments. During the test sessions, the test compound is administered intraperitoneally or orally 30 min before the start of the sessions. One group of animals is administered the test compound at different doses and a control group of animals is given a vehicle. Food and water intake are monitored at 1, 2 and 3 hours post administration.
Any side effects may rapidly be discovered (barrel-rolling, bushy fur etc.) since the ani- mals are kept in transparent plastic cages to enable continuous monitoring.

Claims

1. A compound of the general formula (II):
wherein
R2 is hydrogen or C1-4-alkyl,
(i) R1 represents
• branched C4-6-alkyl, branched C4-6-alkenyl or branched C4-6-alkynyl with the proviso that R1 is not isobutyl,
• C3-5-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3.6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl or C3-6- cycloalkenyl-C1-3-alkyl,
R1 and R2 together form a C3-6-alkylene bridge, and
A represents
or
(ii) R1 represents • ethyl, n-propyl or isopropyl,
R1 and R2 together form a C3-6-alkylene bridge, and
A represents
R3 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-10-alkyl, C2-10-alkenyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, aryl, aryl-d.6-alkyl, amino, C1-6-alkylamino, di-C1-6-alkylamino, C3-8-cycloalkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyloxy, cyano, nitro, d-6-alkylsulfanyl, or C1-6-alkylsulfonyl,
Z and X independently represent -N=, -C(H)=, -C(F)=, -C(CI)=, -C(CN)= or-C(CF3)=,
W represents -N= or -C(R1U)=,
Y represents -N= or -C(R")=,
r R>5°, D R6D, D R7', D R8°, r R>9a D R1ι0u, o R111, D R12a„-n,dJ D R113d independently represent
• hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, -SCF3, amino, cyano, nitro, or -C(=O)NR14R15
• d.io-alkyl, C2-ι0-alkenyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, C3-8-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkoxy, C1-6-alkylamino, C3-8-cycloalkyloxy, C1-6-alkylsulfanyl, C1-6- alkylsulfonyl, C2-10-alkanoyl, C4-9-cycloalkanoyl, C3-8-heterocyclyl or C4-9- heterocycloalkanoyl, C4-9-heterocycloalkoxy, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R16
• aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, aryl-C1-6-alkoxy or heteroaryl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R17,
• aroyl, heteroaroyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylamino or heteroarylamino, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R18,
• or two of R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12and R13 in adjacent positions together form a C1-6-alkylene bridge or an -O-C1-6-alkylene-O- bridge, R14 and R15 are independently hydrogen, d-e-alkyl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl or R14 and R15 may together form a C3-6-alkylene bridge
R16 is independently selected from aryl, heteroaryl, C3-8-cycloalkyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, NR19R20 and C1-6-alkoxy,
R17 is independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-6- alkoxy, C1-6-alkyl, amino, C1-6-alkylsulfonyl, C1-6-alkylamino, di-C1-6-alkylamino, cyano, aryl, heteroaryl and C3-8-cycloalkyl,
R18 is independently selected from aryl, heteroaryl, C1-10-alkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-6-alkoxy, cyano, amino, C1-6-alkylamino, di- C1-6-alkylamino and hydroxy,
R19 and R20 are independently hydrogen or C1-6-alkyl, R19 and R20 may together form a C3-6-alkylene bridge
with the proviso that the compound must not be
as well as any diastereomer or enantiomer or tautomeric form thereof including mixtures of these or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
2. A compound according to claim 1 , wherein R1 is branched C4-6-alkyl, C3.5-cycloalkyl or C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl with the proviso that R1 is not isobutyl.
3. A compound according to claim 2, wherein R is 1,1-(dimethyl)propyl, 1-ethylpropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or 1 -cyclopropyl-1 -methylethyl.
4. A compound according to claim 3, wherein R1 is 1-ethylpropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopropyl or cyclopentyl.
5. A compound according to claim 1, wherein R1 is branched C^e-alkyl or C3-5-cycloalkyl with the proviso that R1 is not isobutyl.
6. A compound according to claim 5, wherein R1 is 1-ethylpropyl, cyclopropyl or cyclopentyl.
7. A compound according to any one of the claims 1 to 6, wherein Z is -C(H)=, -N=, or -C(F)=.
8. A compound according to claim 7 wherein Z is -C(H)= or -N=.
9. A compound according to claim 8 wherein Z is -C(H)=.
10. A compound according to claim 8 wherein Z is -N=.
11. A compound according to any one of the claims 1 to 10 wherein X is ~C(H)=, -N=, or -C(F)=.
12. A compound according to claim 11 wherein Z is -C(H)= or -N=.
13. A compound according to claim 12 wherein Z is -C(H)=.
14. A compound according to claim 12 wherein Z is -N=.
15. A compound according to any one of the claims 1 to 14 wherein W is -N=.
16. A compound according to any one of the claims 1 to 14 wherein W is -C(R10)=.
17. A compound according to any one of the claims 1 to 16 wherein Y is -N=.
18. A compound according to any one of the claims 1 to 16 wherein Y is -C(R11)=.
19. A compound according to any one of the claims 1 to 18 wherein R2 is hydrogen.
20. A compound according to any one of the claims 1 to 18 wherein R2 is
21. A compound according to claim 20 wherein R2 is methyl or ethyl.
22. A compound according to claim 1 of the general formula (III)
wherein A and R are as defined in claim 1.
23. A compound according to any one of the claims 1 to 22 wherein R3 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-10-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, amino, C3-8-cycloalkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyIoxy, cyano or nitro.
24. A compound according to claim 23 wherein R3 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, Cι„ιo-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, cyano or nitro.
25. A compound according to claim 24 wherein R3 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, trifluoro- methyl, C1-6-alkyl, or cyano.
26. A compound according to claim 25 wherein R3 is hydrogen, halogen, or C1-6-alkyl.
27. A compound according to claim 25 wherein R3 is hydrogen or methyl.
28. A compound according to any one of the claims 1 to 27 wherein R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, and R9 independently represent
• hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, -SCF3, amino, or cyano,
• C1-10-alkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, C3-8-cycloalkyloxy, C2-ι0-alkanoyl, C4-9- cycloalkanoyl, C3-8-heterocyclyl or C4-9-heterocycloalkanoyl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R16
• aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, aryl-Cι-6-alkoxy or heteroaryl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R17,
• aroyl, heteroaroyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R18,
or two of R5, R6, R7, R8, R9 in adjacent positions together form a C1-6-alkylene bridge or an - O-Cι-6-alkyl-O- bridge.
29. A compound according to claim 28 wherein R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, and R9 independently represent
• hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, -SCF3, or cyano, • d.-io-alkyl, d-6-alkoxy, C3-8-cycloalkyloxy, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R16
• Aryl or aryl-C^-alkyl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more sub- stituents selected from R17,
• Aroyl or aryloxy, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R18,
or two of R5, R6, R7, R8, R9 in adjacent positions together form a C1-6-alkylene bridge or an - O-d.e-alkyl-0- bridge.
30. A compound according to claim 28 wherein R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, and R9 independently represent • hydrogen, halogen, or cyano,
• d.-io-alkyl or C1-6-alkoxy which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R16
«Aryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from R 7,
• Aroyl or aryloxy, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R18,
or two of R5, R6, R7, R8, R9 in adjacent positions together form a C1-6-alkylene bridge or an - O-d.e-alkyl-0- bridge.
31. A compound according to claim 30 wherein d.-io-alkyl represents methyl, ethyl, propyl, or isopropyl.
32. A compound according to claim 30 wherein C1-6-alkoxy represents methoxy, ethoxy or propoxy.
33. A compound according to claim 32 wherein C1-6-alkoxy represents methoxy.
34. A compound according to claim 30 wherein aryl represents phenyl.
35. A compound according to claim 30 wherein aroyl represents -C(=O)-phenyl.
36. A compound according to claim 30 wherein aryloxy represents -O-phenyl.
37. A compound according to claim 1 , wherein R1 is ethyl or isopropyl.
38. A compound according to claim 37 wherein R1 is isopropyl.
39. A compound according to claim 37 wherein R1 is ethyl
40. A compound according to claim 39 wherein R1 and R2 together form a C3-4-alkylene bridge.
41. A compound according to any one of the claims 37 to 40 wherein R10, R11, R 2 and R13 independently represent
• hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, cyano, or -C(=O)NR14R15
• d.io-alkyl, C3^-cycloalkyl, d.6-alkoxy, C2-10-alkanoyl, C4-9-cycloalkanoyl, C3-8- heterocyclyl or C4-9-heterocycloalkanoyl, C4-9-heterocycloalkoxy, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R16
• aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, aryl-Cι-6-alkoxy or heteroaryl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R 7,
• aroyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from R18,
or two of R10, R11, R12and R13 in adjacent positions together form a C1-6-alkylene bridge.
42. A compound according to claim 41 wherein R10, R11, R12and R13 independently represent • hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, cyano, or -C(=O)NR14R15
• d-10-alkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, C2.10-alkanoyl, C -9-cycloalkanoyl, C3-8- heterocyclyl or C4-9-heterocycloalkanoyl, C4-9-heterocycloalkoxy, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R16
• aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, aryl-C1-6-alkoxy or heteroaryl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R17,
• aroyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from R18,
or two of R10, R11, R12and R13 in adjacent positions together form a C1-6-alkylene bridge.
43. A compound according to claim 42 wherein R10, R11, R 2and R13 independently represent
• hydrogen, halogen, trifluoromethyl, or -C(=O)NR14R15
• d.-io-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, C2-10-alkanoyl, C4-9-heterocycloalkanoyl or C4-9-heterocycloalkoxy, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R16
• aryl, aryl-d-6-alkyl, or aryl-C1-6-alkoxy, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R17,
• aroyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from R18,
or two of R10, R11, R12and R13 in adjacent positions together form a C1-6-alkylene bridge.
44. A compound according to claim 43 wherein R10, R11, R12and R13 independently represent
• hydrogen, halogen, trifluoromethyl, or -C(=O)NR14R15
• d.-io-alkyl or which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R 6 • aryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from R17,
• aroyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from R18,
or two of R10, R11, R12and R13 in adjacent positions together form a C1-6-alkylene bridge.
45. A compound according to claim 44 wherein C1-10-alkyl represents methyl, ethyl, or propyl.
46. A compound according to claim 44 wherein C -9-heterocycloalkanoyl represents piperidin- alkanoyl or pyrrolidin-alkanoyl.
47. A compound according to claim 44 wherein aryl represents phenyl
48. A compound according to any one of the claims 1 to 47 wherein R14 and R15 are independently methyl, ethyl or benzyl.
49. A compound according to any one of the claims 1 to 48 wherein R16 is halogen, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy and C1-6-alkoxy.
50. A compound according to any one of the claims 1 to 49 wherein R17 is halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, C1-6-alkoxy, C1-6-alkyl, C1-6-alkylsulfonyl, or cyano.
51. A compound according to claim 50 wherein R17 is halogen, trifluoromethyl, C1-6-alkoxy or d-e-alkylsulfonyl.
52. A compound according to any one of the claims 1 to 51 wherein R18 is d. 0-alkyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, C1-6-alkoxy, cyano, amino and hydroxy.
53. A compound according to claim 52 wherein R18 is halogen, C1-6-alkoxy and hydroxy.
54. Use of a compound according to any one of the preceding claims 1 to 53 as a pharmaceutical composition.
55. A pharmaceutical composition comprising, as an active ingredient, at least one compound according to any one of the claims 1 to 53 together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients.
56. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 55 in unit dosage form, comprising from about 0.05 mg to about 1000 mg, preferably from about 0.1 mg to about 500 mg and especially preferred from about 0.5 mg to about 200 mg of the compound according to any one of the claims 1 to 53.
57. Use of a compound of the general formula (II'):
wherein
R2 is hydrogen or C1-4- alkyl,
R1 represents
• d-8-alkyl, C2-8-alkenyl or C2-8-alkynyl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more halogen substituents,
• C3-5-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl or C3-6-cycloalkenyl- C1-3-alkyl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more halogen substituents,
• R1 and R2 together form a C3-6-alkylene bridge,
A represents
R3 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-10-alkyl, C2-ι0-alkenyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, amino, C1-6-alkylamino, di-C1-6-alkylamino, C3-8-cycloalkyl, C3.8-cycloalkyloxy, cyano, nitro, C1-6-alkylsulfanyl, or C1-6-alkylsulfonyl,
Z and X independently represent -N=, -C(H)=, -C(F)=, -C(CI)=, -C(CN)= or -C(CF3)=,
W represents -N= or -C(R10)=,
Y represents -N= or-C(R11)=,
R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9 R10, R11, R12and R13 independently represent
• hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, -SCF3, amino, cyano, nitro, or -C(=O)NR1 R15
• C1-10-alkyl, C2-ιo-alkenyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, C3.8-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkoxy, Cι-6-alkylamino, di-C1-6-alkylamino, C3-8-cycloalkyloxy, C1-6-alkylsulfanyl, C1-6- alkylsulfonyl, C2-10-alkanoyl, C4-9-cycloalkanoyl, C3-8-heterocyclyl or C4-9- heterocycloalkanoyl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R16
• aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, aryl-C1-6-alkoxy or heteroaryl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R17,
• aroyl, heteroaroyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylamino or heteroarylamino, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from R18,
• or two of R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12and R13 in adjacent positions together form a C1-6-alkylene bridge or an -O-C^-alkylene-O- bridge,
R14 and R15 are independently hydrogen, C1-6-aIkyl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl or R14 and R15 may together form a C3-6-alkylene bridge
R16 is independently selected from aryl, heteroaryl, C3-8-cycloalkyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, NR19R20 and C1-6-alkoxy, R17 is independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-6- alkoxy, C -6-alkyl, amino, C1-6-alkylsulfonyl, C1-6-alkylamino, di-C1-6-alkyIamino, cyano, aryl, heteroaryl and C3-8-cycloalkyl,
R18is independently selected from aryl, heteroaryl, C1-10-alkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-6-alkoxy, cyano, amino, C1-6-alkylamino, di- C1-6-alkylamino and hydroxy,
R19 and R20 are independently hydrogen or d-6-alkyl, R19 and R20 may together form a C3-6-alkylene bridge,
as well as any diastereomer or enantiomer or tautomeric form thereof including mixtures of these or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of disorders and diseases related to the histamine H3 receptor.
58. Use of a compound as defined in claim 57 for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of diseases and disorders in which an inhibition of the H3 histamine receptor has a beneficial effect.
59. Use of a compound as defined in claim 57 for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition having histamine H3 antagonistic activity or histamine H3 inverse agonistic activity.
60. Use of a compound as defined in claim 57 for the preparation of a pharmaceutical com- , position for the reduction of weight.
61. Use of a compound as defined in claim 57 for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of overweight or obesity.
62. Use of a compound as defined in claim 57 for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the suppression of appetite or for satiety induction.
63. Use of a compound as defined in claim 57 for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the prevention and/or treatment of disorders and diseases related to overweight or obesity.
64. Use of a compound as defined in claim 57 for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the prevention and/or treatment of eating disorders such as bulimia and binge eating.
65. Use of a compound as defined in claim 57 for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of IGT.
66. Use of a compound as defined in claim 57 for the preparation of a pharmaceutical com- position for the treatment of type 2 diabetes.
67. Use of a compound as defined in claim 57 for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the delaying or prevention of the progression from IGT to type 2 diabetes.
68. Use of a compound as defined in claim 57 for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the delaying or prevention of the progression from non-insulin requiring type 2 diabetes to insulin requiring type 2 diabetes.
69. Use of a compound as defined in claim 57 for the preparation of a pharmaceutical com- position for the treatment of diseases and disorders in which a stimulation of the H3 histamine receptor has a beneficial effect.
70. Use of a compound as defined in claim 57 for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition having histamine H3 agonistic activity.
71. Use of a compound as defined in claim 57 for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of allergic rhinitis, ulcer or anorexia.
72. Use of a compound as defined in claim 57 for the preparation of a pharmaceutical com- position for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease, narcolepsy or attention deficit disorders.
73. A method for the treatment of disorders or diseases related to the H3 histamine receptor the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound as defined in claim 57 or a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 55 or 56.
74. The method according to claim 73 wherein the effective amount of the compound is in the range of from about 0.05 mg to about 2000 mg, preferably from about 0.1 mg to about 1000 mg and especially preferred from about 0.5 mg to about 500 mg per day.
EP03701482A 2002-02-05 2003-02-05 Novel aryl- and heteroarylpiperazines Withdrawn EP1474401A2 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (9)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
DKPA200200168 2002-02-05
DK200200168 2002-02-05
US35663002P 2002-02-08 2002-02-08
US356630P 2002-02-08
US39930402P 2002-07-26 2002-07-26
DKPA200201142 2002-07-26
US399304P 2002-07-26
DK200201142 2002-07-26
PCT/DK2003/000071 WO2003066604A2 (en) 2002-02-05 2003-02-05 Novel aryl- and heteroarylpiperazines

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP1474401A2 true EP1474401A2 (en) 2004-11-10

Family

ID=27739216

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP03701482A Withdrawn EP1474401A2 (en) 2002-02-05 2003-02-05 Novel aryl- and heteroarylpiperazines

Country Status (12)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1474401A2 (en)
JP (1) JP4607458B2 (en)
CN (1) CN1628109A (en)
AU (2) AU2003203148A1 (en)
BR (1) BR0307429A (en)
CA (1) CA2474214A1 (en)
IL (1) IL162859A0 (en)
MX (1) MXPA04007612A (en)
NO (1) NO328714B1 (en)
PL (1) PL372390A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2003066604A2 (en)
ZA (1) ZA200405694B (en)

Families Citing this family (72)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7390813B1 (en) 2001-12-21 2008-06-24 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Pyridylpiperazines and aminonicotinamides and their use as therapeutic agents
GB0224084D0 (en) 2002-10-16 2002-11-27 Glaxo Group Ltd Novel compounds
EP1556046A1 (en) 2002-10-23 2005-07-27 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Phenylpiperidines and phenylpyrrolidines as histamine h3 receptor modulators
PL1651615T3 (en) * 2003-07-29 2010-08-31 High Point Pharmaceuticals Llc Pyridazinyl- piperazines and their use as histamine h3 receptor ligands
US7754711B2 (en) * 2003-07-30 2010-07-13 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Pyridazine derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
AR047557A1 (en) 2003-07-30 2006-01-25 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc COMPOUNDS DERIVED FROM PIRIDAZINE AND ITS USE AS THERAPEUTIC AGENTS
EP2316826A1 (en) * 2003-07-30 2011-05-04 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Pyridazine derivatives and their use as therapeutics agents
ES2397389T3 (en) 2003-07-30 2013-03-06 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Pyridyl derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
WO2005035521A1 (en) * 2003-10-09 2005-04-21 Argenta Discovery Ltd. Substituted quinolines as mcr modulators
GB0324159D0 (en) * 2003-10-15 2003-11-19 Glaxo Group Ltd Novel compounds
JP4596792B2 (en) * 2004-02-24 2010-12-15 あすか製薬株式会社 Drugs having both 5-HT1A agonistic action and 5-HT3 antagonistic action
US7423147B2 (en) 2004-03-31 2008-09-09 Janssen Pharmaceutical, N.V. Pyridine compounds as histamine H3 modulators
WO2005097127A2 (en) 2004-04-02 2005-10-20 Merck & Co., Inc. Method of treating men with metabolic and anthropometric disorders
US20050256309A1 (en) * 2004-05-12 2005-11-17 Altenbach Robert J Tri-and bi-cyclic heteroaryl histamine-3 receptor ligands
EP1761267A1 (en) * 2004-06-22 2007-03-14 Pfizer Products Incorporated Diazabicyclic histamine-3 receptor antagonists
BRPI0515482A (en) 2004-09-20 2008-07-22 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc heterocyclic derivatives and their uses as therapeutic agents
WO2006034446A2 (en) * 2004-09-20 2006-03-30 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Pyridine derivatives for inhibiting human stearoyl-coa-desaturase
AR051090A1 (en) 2004-09-20 2006-12-20 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc HETEROCICLIC DERIVATIVES AND THEIR USE AS INHIBITORS OF ESTEAROIL-COA DESATURASA
AR051094A1 (en) 2004-09-20 2006-12-20 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc HETEROCICLIC DERIVATIVES AND THEIR USE AS INHIBITORS OF ESTEAROIL-COA DESATURASA
AU2005286648A1 (en) 2004-09-20 2006-03-30 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Heterocyclic derivatives and their use as stearoyl-CoA desaturase inhibitors
CN101083986A (en) 2004-09-20 2007-12-05 泽农医药公司 Bicyclic heterocyclic derivatives and their use as inhibitors of stearoyl-coadesaturase (scd)
AU2005286728A1 (en) 2004-09-20 2006-03-30 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Heterocyclic derivatives and their use as mediators of stearoyl-CoA desaturase
MX2007003325A (en) 2004-09-20 2007-06-05 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc Heterocyclic derivatives and their use as stearoyl-coa desaturase inhibitors.
EP1830837B1 (en) 2004-09-20 2013-09-04 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Heterocyclic derivatives for the treatment of diseases mediated by stearoyl-coa desaturase enzymes
AU2005302225B2 (en) * 2004-11-02 2012-05-24 Centre National De La Recherche Scientifique Pyridazine compounds, compositions and methods
WO2006094034A1 (en) 2005-03-01 2006-09-08 Wyeth Cinnoline compounds and their use as liver x receptor modilators
JP2009513563A (en) 2005-06-03 2009-04-02 ゼノン・ファーマシューティカルズ・インコーポレイテッド Aminothiazole derivatives as human stearoyl-CoA desaturase inhibitors
US8501739B2 (en) 2005-07-04 2013-08-06 High Point Pharmaceuticals, Llc Medicaments
KR100979582B1 (en) * 2005-07-05 2010-09-01 에프. 호프만-라 로슈 아게 Pyridazine derivatives
US8686002B2 (en) 2005-08-21 2014-04-01 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Heterocyclic compounds and their use as binding partners for 5-HT5 receptors
GB0517184D0 (en) * 2005-08-22 2005-09-28 Glaxo Group Ltd Compounds
EP1948607B1 (en) * 2005-09-16 2010-04-07 Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. Cyclopropyl amines as modulators of the histamine h3 receptor
JO2769B1 (en) 2005-10-26 2014-03-15 جانسين فارماسوتيكا ان. في Fast Dissociting Dopamine 2 Receptor Antagonists
CN101410385B (en) 2006-03-28 2011-08-24 高点制药有限责任公司 Benzothiazoles having histamine H3 receptor activity
AU2007243280A1 (en) * 2006-04-28 2007-11-08 Northwestern University Formulations containing pyridazine compounds for treating neuroinflammatory diseases
JP2009537596A (en) 2006-05-23 2009-10-29 ハイ ポイント ファーマシューティカルズ，リミティド ライアビリティ カンパニー 6- (4-Cyclopropylpiperidin-1-yl) -2'-methyl- [3,4 ']-bipyridine and its pharmaceutical use
JP5694661B2 (en) * 2006-05-29 2015-04-01 ハイ ポイント ファーマシューティカルズ，リミティド ライアビリティ カンパニー 3- (1,3-Benzodioxol-5-yl) -6- (4-cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl) -pyridazine, its salt, its solvate, and its use as a histamine H3 receptor antagonist Law
EA015555B1 (en) * 2006-05-30 2011-08-30 Янссен Фармацевтика Н.В. Substituted pyridyl amide compounds as modulators of the histamine hreceptor
KR20090015098A (en) * 2006-05-30 2009-02-11 에프. 호프만-라 로슈 아게 Piperidinyl pyrimidine derivatives
WO2007150010A2 (en) 2006-06-23 2007-12-27 Abbott Laboratories Cyclopropyl amine derivatives as histamin h3 receptor modulators
US9108948B2 (en) 2006-06-23 2015-08-18 Abbvie Inc. Cyclopropyl amine derivatives
WO2008003702A2 (en) * 2006-07-03 2008-01-10 Vereniging Voor Christelijk Hoger Onderwijs, Wetenschappelijk Onderzoek En Patientenzorg Fused bicyclic compounds interacting with the histamine h4 receptor
JO2642B1 (en) 2006-12-08 2012-06-17 جانسين فارماسوتيكا ان. في Fast Dissociating Dopamine 2 Receptor Antagonists
JO2849B1 (en) 2007-02-13 2015-03-15 جانسين فارماسوتيكا ان. في Fast -Dissociating Dopamine 2 Receptor Antagonists
EP2148879B1 (en) 2007-04-23 2012-11-28 Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. Thia(dia)zoles as fast dissociating dopamine 2 receptor antagonists
EP2148873B1 (en) 2007-04-23 2012-08-29 Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. 4-alkoxypyridazine derivatives as fast dissociating dopamine 2 receptor antagonists
US8653262B2 (en) 2007-05-31 2014-02-18 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh CCR2 receptor antagonists and uses thereof
EP2014656A3 (en) 2007-06-11 2011-08-24 High Point Pharmaceuticals, LLC New heteocyclic h3 antagonists
EP2182935A1 (en) * 2007-08-02 2010-05-12 F. Hoffmann-Roche AG The use of benzamide derivatives for the treatment of cns disorders
US20090170869A1 (en) 2007-09-06 2009-07-02 Desmond John Best Piperazine derivative having affinity for the histamine h3 receptor
EP2222664B1 (en) 2007-11-20 2014-10-29 Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. Cycloalkyloxy- and heterocycloalkyloxypyridine compounds as modulators of the histamine h3 receptor
WO2009079597A1 (en) * 2007-12-17 2009-06-25 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Piperazinyl derivatives useful as modulators of the neuropeptide y2 receptor
WO2009079593A1 (en) * 2007-12-17 2009-06-25 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Piperazinyl derivatives useful as modulators of the neuropeptide y2 receptor
AU2009266001B2 (en) 2008-07-03 2014-03-27 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Substituted 6- (1-piperazinyl) -pyridazines as 5-HT6 receptor antagonists
JP5457450B2 (en) 2008-07-31 2014-04-02 ジヤンセン・フアーマシユーチカ・ナームローゼ・フエンノートシヤツプ Piperazin-1-yl-trifluoromethyl-substituted-pyridine as a rapidly dissociating dopamine 2 receptor antagonist
PL2379525T3 (en) 2008-12-19 2016-01-29 Centrexion Therapeutics Corp Cyclic pyrimidin-4-carboxamides as ccr2 receptor antagonists for treatment of inflammation, asthma and copd
US9186353B2 (en) 2009-04-27 2015-11-17 Abbvie Inc. Treatment of osteoarthritis pain
PT2513093E (en) 2009-12-17 2014-10-22 Boehringer Ingelheim Int New ccr2 receptor antagonists and uses thereof
WO2011103091A1 (en) 2010-02-18 2011-08-25 Transtech Pharma, Inc. Phenyl-heteroaryl derivatives and methods of use thereof
EP2569295B1 (en) 2010-05-12 2014-11-19 Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH New ccr2 receptor antagonists, method for producing the same, and use thereof as medicaments
EP2569298B1 (en) 2010-05-12 2015-11-25 Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH Novel ccr2 receptor antagonists, method for producing the same, and use thereof as medicaments
JP5647339B2 (en) 2010-05-17 2014-12-24 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング CCR2 antagonists and uses thereof
WO2011147772A1 (en) 2010-05-25 2011-12-01 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Ccr2 receptor antagonists
US8962656B2 (en) 2010-06-01 2015-02-24 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh CCR2 antagonists
US8853390B2 (en) 2010-09-16 2014-10-07 Abbvie Inc. Processes for preparing 1,2-substituted cyclopropyl derivatives
JP5786258B2 (en) 2011-07-15 2015-09-30 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Novel and selective CCR2 antagonist
WO2013151982A1 (en) 2012-04-03 2013-10-10 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compounds useful in treating pruritus, and methods for identifying such compounds
PE20170682A1 (en) 2014-08-04 2017-06-15 Nuevolution As PYRIMIDINE DERIVATIVES SUBSTITUTED WITH OPTIONALLY CONDENSED HETERO CYCLYL USEFUL FOR THE TREATMENT OF INFLAMMATORY, METABOLIC, ONCOLOGICAL AND AUTOIMMUNE DISEASES
PT3317270T (en) 2015-07-02 2020-08-24 Centrexion Therapeutics Corp (4-((3r,4r)-3-methoxytetrahydro-pyran-4-ylamino)piperidin-1-yl)(5-methyl-6-(((2r,6s)-6-(p-tolyl)tetrahydro-2h-pyran-2-yl)methylamino)pyrimidin-4yl)methanone citrate
EP4076657A1 (en) 2019-12-20 2022-10-26 Nuevolution A/S Compounds active towards nuclear receptors
US11613532B2 (en) 2020-03-31 2023-03-28 Nuevolution A/S Compounds active towards nuclear receptors
US11780843B2 (en) 2020-03-31 2023-10-10 Nuevolution A/S Compounds active towards nuclear receptors

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0156433A2 (en) * 1984-03-26 1985-10-02 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Anti-virally active pyridazinamines
WO2003104235A1 (en) * 2002-06-06 2003-12-18 Novo Nordisk A/S Substituted hexahydropyrrolo[1,2-a]pyrazines, octahydropyrido[1,2-a]pyrazines and decahydropyrazino[1,2-a]azepines

Family Cites Families (26)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB753166A (en) * 1953-05-22 1956-07-18 Miles Lab Improvements in or relating to substituted piperazines
US2993899A (en) * 1958-03-31 1961-07-25 Miles Lab Acetylenically unsaturated piperazine derivatives
US3309370A (en) * 1964-07-16 1967-03-14 Miles Lab Bicycloalkyl piperazine derivatives and process
FR2306694A1 (en) * 1975-04-07 1976-11-05 Parcor DERIVATIVES OF PIPERAZINE
US4144346A (en) * 1977-01-31 1979-03-13 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Novel 1-(1,3-dioxolan-2-ylmethyl)-1H-imidazoles
US4163849A (en) * 1978-03-17 1979-08-07 Merck & Co., Inc. Piperazinylpyrazines
JPS56118074A (en) * 1980-02-22 1981-09-16 Tanabe Seiyaku Co Ltd Propane derivative and its preparation
US4339579A (en) * 1980-12-29 1982-07-13 American Home Products Corporation 2,6-Bis-(pyrrolopyrazinyl)pyrazines
FR2573075B1 (en) * 1984-09-14 1987-03-20 Innothera Lab Sa NEWS (PYRIDYL-2) -1 PIPERAZINES, THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS AND THEIR APPLICATION IN THERAPEUTICS
DK111387A (en) * 1986-03-05 1987-09-06 Otsuka Pharma Co Ltd CARBOSTYRIL DERIVATIVES AND SALTS THEREOF, MEDICINE CONTAINING SUCH DERIVATIVES AND PROCEDURES FOR THE PREPARATION OF THE DERIVATIVES
JP2576862B2 (en) * 1986-03-05 1997-01-29 大塚製薬 株式会社 Carbostyril derivative
AU639529B2 (en) * 1987-03-04 1993-07-29 Higuchi, Yoshinari Carbostyril derivatives and salts thereof and anti-arrhythmic agents containing the carbostyril derivatives
DE3803860A1 (en) * 1988-02-09 1989-08-17 Basf Ag N, N'-DISUBSTITUTED PIPERAZINE
ATE107922T1 (en) * 1989-03-03 1994-07-15 Dainippon Pharmaceutical Co 2-(1-PIPERAZINYL)-4-PHENYLCYCLOALKANEPYRIDINE DERIVATIVES, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM.
GB9012316D0 (en) * 1990-06-01 1990-07-18 Wellcome Found Pharmacologically active cns compounds
AU6318896A (en) * 1995-07-06 1997-02-05 Japan Tobacco Inc. Benzamidoxime derivatives and medicinal use thereof
JPH0971564A (en) * 1995-07-06 1997-03-18 Japan Tobacco Inc Benzamidoxime derivative and its use in medicine
DZ2376A1 (en) * 1996-12-19 2002-12-28 Smithkline Beecham Plc New sulfonamide derivatives process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them.
WO1999018077A1 (en) * 1997-10-02 1999-04-15 Eisai Co., Ltd. Fused pyridine derivatives
JP3989102B2 (en) * 1997-10-02 2007-10-10 エーザイ・アール・アンド・ディー・マネジメント株式会社 Condensed pyridine derivatives
WO2000066578A1 (en) * 1999-04-30 2000-11-09 Pfizer Products Inc. Compounds for the treatment of obesity
GB9926303D0 (en) * 1999-11-05 2000-01-12 Smithkline Beecham Plc Novel compounds
GB9926302D0 (en) * 1999-11-05 2000-01-12 Smithkline Beecham Plc Novel compounds
SK8452002A3 (en) * 1999-12-16 2002-11-06 Schering Corp Substituted 4-(phenyl or pyridyl)imidazole derivatives, pharmaceutical composition comprising the same and use thereof
FI20000480A0 (en) * 2000-03-01 2000-03-01 Orion Yhtymae Oyj Quinoline and naphthalene derivatives as alpha-2 antagonists
KR20040041092A (en) * 2001-01-31 2004-05-13 시냅틱 파마세틱칼 코포레이션 Use of gal3 receptor antagonists for the treatment of depression and/or anxiety and compounds useful in such methods

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0156433A2 (en) * 1984-03-26 1985-10-02 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Anti-virally active pyridazinamines
WO2003104235A1 (en) * 2002-06-06 2003-12-18 Novo Nordisk A/S Substituted hexahydropyrrolo[1,2-a]pyrazines, octahydropyrido[1,2-a]pyrazines and decahydropyrazino[1,2-a]azepines

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
ZA200405694B (en) 2005-09-28
PL372390A1 (en) 2005-07-25
AU2010200135A1 (en) 2010-02-04
JP2005533747A (en) 2005-11-10
BR0307429A (en) 2004-12-28
IL162859A0 (en) 2005-11-20
CN1628109A (en) 2005-06-15
WO2003066604A2 (en) 2003-08-14
JP4607458B2 (en) 2011-01-05
WO2003066604A3 (en) 2003-12-04
AU2003203148A1 (en) 2003-09-02
CA2474214A1 (en) 2003-08-14
MXPA04007612A (en) 2004-11-10
NO20043709L (en) 2004-09-03
NO328714B1 (en) 2010-05-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2003066604A2 (en) Novel aryl- and heteroarylpiperazines
US20090264435A1 (en) Novel Aryl- and Heteroarylpiperazines
CA2532236C (en) Pyridazinyl- piperazines and their use as histamine h3 receptor ligands
US8173682B2 (en) Substituted pyridones as inhibitors of poly(ADP-ribose) polymerase (PARP)
US8846677B2 (en) Medicaments
US6673829B2 (en) Aminoazetidine,-pyrrolidine and -piperidine derivatives
EP1581505B1 (en) Pyridazinone derivatives as gsk-3beta inhibitors
WO1999062885A1 (en) Substituted 1-(4-aminophenyl)pyrazoles and their use as anti-inflammatory agents
EP2121630B1 (en) Fast dissociating dopamine 2 receptor antagonists
RU2269519C2 (en) Phenylpyridazine compounds and medicinal agents comprising thereof
CA2690486A1 (en) New heteocyclic h3 antagonists
WO2003024928A2 (en) Novel aminoazetidine, -pyrrolidine and -piperidine derivatives
US7186721B2 (en) Substituted hexahydropyrrolo[1,2-a]pyrazines, octahydropyrido[1,2-a]-pyrazines and decahydropyrazino[1,2-a]azepines
RU2361869C2 (en) New aryl - and heteroarylpiperazines
KR20040081177A (en) Novel aryl- and heteroarylpiperazines
US7462613B2 (en) Pyridazinone derivatives as pharmaceuticals and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
ZA200502185B (en) Pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine compounds, and their use as phosphodiesterase inhibitors

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20040906

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LI LU MC NL PT SE SI SK TR

AX Request for extension of the european patent

Extension state: AL LT LV MK RO

RIN1 Information on inventor provided before grant (corrected)

Inventor name: PESCHKE, BERND

Inventor name: PETTERSSON, INGRID

Inventor name: STEPHENSEN, HENRIK

Inventor name: DOERWALD, FLORENCIO, ZARAGOZA

Inventor name: HOHLWEG, ROLF

RIN1 Information on inventor provided before grant (corrected)

Inventor name: PESCHKE, BERND

Inventor name: PETTERSSON, INGRID

Inventor name: STEPHENSEN, HENRIK

Inventor name: DOERWALD, FLORENCIO, ZARAGOZA

Inventor name: HOHLWEG, ROLF

17Q First examination report despatched

Effective date: 20080417

RAP1 Party data changed (applicant data changed or rights of an application transferred)

Owner name: TRANSTECH PHARMA, INC

RAP1 Party data changed (applicant data changed or rights of an application transferred)

Owner name: HIGH POINT PHARMACEUTICALS, LLC

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE APPLICATION IS DEEMED TO BE WITHDRAWN

18D Application deemed to be withdrawn

Effective date: 20130312